U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–1 |
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
SYSTEM
PRECAUTION
NOTICE: |
AX |
||
• If the following parts have been replaced, initialize the |
|||
TCM and perform a road test to allow the TCM to learn |
|||
(See page AX-25). |
|||
– |
Valve body assembly |
||
– |
Shift solenoid SL3 |
||
– |
Shift solenoid SL4 |
||
• If the following parts have been replaced, perform a |
|||
road test to allow the TCM to learn (See page AX-25). |
|||
– |
Shift solenoid SL1 |
||
– |
Shift solenoid SL2 |
• If the TCM or transaxle has been replaced, register the transmission compensation code in the TCM (See page AX-19).
• Perform the RESET MEMORY (AT initialization) when replacing the automatic transmission assembly, engine assembly or ECM (See page AX-25).
1.The automatic transaxle is composed of highly precision-finished parts which need careful inspection before reassembly. Even a small nick could cause fluid leakage or affect transmission performance. The instructions here are organized so that you work on only one component group at a time. This will help avoid confusion caused by similar-looking parts of different sub-assemblies being on your workbench at the same time. The component groups are inspected and repaired from the converter housing side. Complete as much as possible of the inspection, repair and reassembly before proceeding to the next component group. If a defect is found in a certain component group during reassembly, inspect and repair this group immediately. If a component group cannot be assembled because some parts are being ordered, be sure to keep all parts of the group in a separate container while proceeding with disassembly, inspection, repair and reassembly of other component groups. Recommended: ATF WS
2.All disassembled parts should be washed clean and any fluid passages and holes should be blown through with compressed air.
3.Dry all parts with compressed air. Never use a shop rag or a piece of cloth to dry them.
4.When using compressed air, always aim away from yourself to prevent accidentally spraying ATF or kerosene in your face.
5.Only recommended automatic transmission fluid or kerosene should be used for cleaning.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM
6.After cleaning, the parts should be arranged in the correct order for efficient inspection, repair, and reassembly.
7.When disassembling a valve body, be sure to match each valve together with its corresponding spring.
8.New discs for the brakes and clutches must be soaked in ATF for at least 15 minutes before reassembly.
9.All oil seal rings, clutch discs, clutch plates, rotating parts, and sliding surfaces should be coated with ATF prior to reassembly.
10.All gaskets, seals, and rubber O-rings should be replaced with new ones.
11.Do not apply adhesive cements to gaskets and similar parts.
12.Make sure that the ends of a snap ring are not aligned with one of the cutouts and that the snap ring is installed in the groove correctly.
13.When replacing a worn bushing, the sub-assembly containing the bushing must also be replaced.
14.Check thrust bearings and races for wear or damage. If they are damaged, replace them.
15.When working with FIPG material, you must observe the following:
–Using a razor blade and a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing (FIPG) material from the gasket surface.
–Thoroughly clean all components to remove any loose material.
–Clean both sealing surfaces with a non-residue solvent.
–Parts must be reassembled within 10 minutes of application. Otherwise, the packing (FIPG) material must be removed and reapplied.
1.EXPRESSIONS OF IGNITION SWITCH
The type of ignition switch used on this model differs according to the specifications of the vehicle.
The expressions listed in the table below are used in this section.
Expression |
Switch Type |
||
Ignition Switch (Position) |
Engine Switch (Condition) |
||
Ignition switch off |
LOCK |
Off |
|
Ignition switch on (IG) |
ON |
On (IG) |
|
Ignition switch on (ACC) |
ACC |
ON (ACC) |
|
Engine start |
START |
Start |
|
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–3 |
||||
DEFINITION OF TERMS |
|||||
Term |
Definition |
||||
Monitor description |
Description of what the TCM monitors and how it detects malfunctions (monitoring purpose and its details). |
||||
Related DTCs |
Diagnostic code |
||||
Preconditions that allow the TCM to detect malfunctions. |
|||||
AX |
|||||
Typical enabling condition |
With all preconditions satisfied, the TCM sets the DTC when the monitored value(s) exceeds the |
||||
malfunction threshold(s). |
|||||
The priority order that is applied to monitoring, if multiple sensors and components are used to detect the |
|||||
Sequence of operation |
malfunction. |
||||
While another sensor is being monitored, the next sensor or component will not be monitored until the |
|||||
previous monitoring has concluded. |
|||||
Required sensor/components |
The sensors and components that are used by the TCM to detect malfunctions. |
||||
The number of times that the TCM checks for malfunctions per driving cycle. |
|||||
Frequency of operation |
«Once per driving cycle» means that the TCM detects malfunction only one time during a single driving |
||||
cycle. |
|||||
«Continuous» means that the TCM detects malfunction every time when the enabling conditions are met. |
|||||
Duration |
The minimum time that the TCM must sense a continuous deviation in the monitored value(s) before |
||||
setting a DTC. This timing begins after the «typical enabling conditions» are met. |
|||||
Malfunction thresholds |
Beyond this value, the TCM will conclude that there is a malfunction and set a DTC. |
||||
MIL illumination timing after a defect is detected. |
|||||
«Immediately» means that the TCM illuminates MIL the instant the TCM determines that there is a |
|||||
MIL operation |
malfunction. |
||||
«2 driving cycle» means that the TCM illuminates MIL if the same malfunction is detected again in the 2nd |
|||||
driving cycle. |
|||||
Normal operation range of sensors and solenoids under normal driving conditions. |
|||||
Component operating range |
Use these ranges as a reference. |
||||
They cannot be used to judge if a sensor or solenoid is defective. |
|||||
AX–4 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
PARTS LOCATION
AX
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
DLC3
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL)
SPEED SENSOR
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INCLUDED ATF PRESSURE SWITCHE)
COMBINATION METER
SHIFT LEVER
— TRANSMISSION CONTROL SWITCH
PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
ECM
TCM
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SLT)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SLU)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL2)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL1)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL3)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL4)
C133208E01
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–5 |
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
The configuration of the electronic control system in the
U660E automatic transaxle is as shown in the following chart.
INPUT TURBINE SPEED SENSOR |
SL1 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL1 |
AX |
|||
NTO |
||||||
COUNTER GEAR SPEED SENSOR |
SL2 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL2 |
||||
NCO |
||||||
ATF PRESSURE SWITCHES |
TPS1, 2, 3 |
SL3 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL3 |
|||
ATF TEMP. SENSOR |
THO1 |
|||||
TCM |
SL4 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL4 |
||||
STOP LIGHT SWITCH |
STP |
|||||
COMBINATION METER |
SPD |
SLU |
SOLENOID VALVE SLU |
|||
STARTER RELAY (Starter Signal) |
STA |
SLT |
SOLENOID VALVE SLT |
|||
PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH |
NSW |
SL |
SOLENOID VALVE SL |
|||
R,D |
||||||
CAN+ |
CAN- |
DLC3 |
||||
NSW |
COMBINATION METER |
|||||
P,R,N,D |
CANH |
Shift Range Indicator Light |
||||
TRANSMISSION CONTROL SWITCH |
S,SFTU |
CANL |
Shift Position Indicator Light |
|||
SFTD |
||||||
VG |
S Mode Indicator Light |
|||||
MASS AIR FLOW METER |
Buzzer |
|||||
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR |
THW |
ECM |
W |
MIL |
||
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR |
NE |
#10 to #60 |
FUEL INJECTORS |
|||
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR |
VPA1 |
IGT1 to 6 |
IGNITION COILS |
|||
VPA2 |
||||||
IGF |
||||||
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR |
VPA |
M |
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR |
|||
VPA2 |
||||||
C133209E01 |
AX–6 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
with Smart Key System: |
|||||||
TCM |
|||||||
AX |
+B |
||||||
Stop Light |
|||||||
To ECM |
|||||||
EFI MAIN |
STP |
||||||
Stop Light Switch |
STOP |
||||||
EFI MAIN |
SPD1 |
||||||
Combination Meter |
|||||||
EFI No. 1 |
|||||||
BATT |
R |
||||||
D |
GAUGE |
||||||
No. 1 |
|||||||
Park / Neutral Position Switch |
|||||||
ST/AM2 |
|||||||
STA |
CAN+ |
||||||
ST |
ECM |
||||||
FL MAIN |
CAN- |
S |
SFTLI SFTD |
||||
Park / Neutral |
|||||||
Position Switch |
|||||||
STR |
NSW |
ECU IG |
|||||
Transmission |
|||||||
No. 2 |
|||||||
Main Body ECU |
Control Switch |
||||||
C133214E05 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–7 |
without Smart Key System: |
TCM |
||||||
ALT |
AM1 |
NSW |
Stop Light |
AX |
|||
ST/AM2 |
STP |
Stop Light Switch |
STOP |
||||
Ignition Switch |
|||||||
STA |
SPD1 |
||||||
Combination Meter |
|||||||
Park / Neutral |
|||||||
Position Switch |
R |
||||||
GAUGE |
|||||||
ST |
D |
No. 1 |
|||||
Park / Neutral Position Switch |
|||||||
To Starter |
|||||||
BATT |
CAN+ |
ECM |
|||||
EFI No. 1 |
|||||||
CAN- |
S |
SFTLI |
SFTD |
||||
EFI |
|||||||
EFI MAIN |
+B |
||||||
FL MAIN |
To ECM |
||||||
ECU IG |
|||||||
No. 2 |
Transmission |
||||||
Control Switch |
|||||||
C133213E01 |
AX–8 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
Automatic Transaxle |
||
AX |
SL1+ |
|
Shift Solenoid Valve SL1 |
||
SL1- |
||
SL2+ |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL2 |
||
SL2- |
||
SL3+ |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL3 |
||
SL3- |
||
SL4+ |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL4 |
SL4- |
|
SL |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL |
||
ATF Pressure Switch 1 |
TPS1 |
|
ATF Pressure Switch 2 |
TPS2 |
|
ATF Pressure Switch 3 |
TPS3 |
|
ATF Temperature Sensor |
THO1 |
|
E2 |
||
Input Turbine Speed Sensor |
NTB |
|
NTO |
||
Counter Gear Speed Sensor |
NCB |
|
NCO |
||
C133215E01 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–9 |
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
(a)The ECT (Electronic controlled automatic transaxle) is an automatic transaxle that has its shift timing
electronically controlled by the Transmission Control Module (TCM). The TCM detects electrical signals AX that indicate engine and driving conditions, and
controls the shift point, based on driver’s habits and road conditions. As a result, fuel efficiency and transaxle performance are improved.
Shift shock has been reduced by controlling the engine and transaxle simultaneously.
In addition, the ECT has features such as:
•Diagnostic function.
•Fail-safe function for use when a malfunction occurs.
AX–10 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
HOW TO PROCEED WITH
TROUBLESHOOTING
HINT:
•The TCM of this system is connected to the CAN communication system. Therefore, before starting troubleshooting, make sure to check that there is no trouble in the CAN communication system.
•*: Use the intelligent tester.
1VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP
NEXT
2CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS
NEXT
3INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE
Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge or replace the battery before proceeding.
NEXT
4CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER TO DLC3*
NEXT
5CHECK AND CLEAR DTCS AND FREEZE FRAME DATA*
(a) Refer to the DTC CHECK / CLEAR (See page AX-38).
NEXT
6VISUAL INSPECTION
NEXT
7SETTING CHECK MODE DIAGNOSIS*
(a)Refer to the CHECK MODE PROCEDURE (See page AX-39).
NEXT
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–11 |
8PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
(a)Refer to the ROAD TEST (See page AX-12).
Result
AX |
|||
Result |
Proceed to |
||
Symptom does not occur |
A |
||
Symptom occurs |
B |
||
B GO TO STEP 10
A
9 SYMPTOM SIMULATION
(a)Refer to the ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT INSPECTION PROCEDURE (See page IN-40).
NEXT
10 DTC CHECK*
(a)Refer to the DTC CHECK / CLEAR (See page AX-38).
Result
Result |
Proceed to |
DTC is not output |
A |
DTC is output |
B |
B GO TO STEP 18
A
11 BASIC INSPECTION
(a)Refer to the AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (See page AX-164).
(b)Refer to the PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (See page AX-174).
(c)Refer to the SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY (See page AX224).
OK
12 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST
(a)Refer to the MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST (See page AX-15).
AX–12 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
||||||
OK |
|||||||
13 |
HYDRAULIC TEST |
||||||
(a) Refer to the HYDRAULIC TEST (See page AX-17). |
|||||||
AX |
|||||||
NG |
|||||||
GO TO STEP 17 |
|||||||
OK
14 MANUAL SHIFTING TEST
(a)Refer to the MANUAL SHIFTING TEST (See page AX18).
OK
15PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE CHAPTER 1
(a)Refer to the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page AX-29).
OK
16PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE CHAPTER 2
(a)Refer to the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page AX-29).
NEXT
17 PART INSPECTION
NEXT GO TO STEP 21
18 DTC CHART
(a)Refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART (See page AX-46).
NEXT
19 CIRCUIT INSPECTION
NEXT
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–13 |
20 IDENTIFICATION OF PROBLEM
NEXT
21REPAIR OR REPLACE
NEXT
22CONFIRMATION TEST
AX
AX–14 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
ROAD TEST
1.PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
(a)Based on the result of the customer problem analysis, try to reproduce the symptoms. If the problem is that the transaxle does not shift up or down, or the shift point is too high or too low, conduct the following road test referring to the automatic shift schedule and attempt to duplicate the problem symptoms.
2.ROAD TEST NOTICE:
Perform the test at the ATF (Automatic Transmission Fluid) temperature 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) in the normal operation.
(a)D position test:
Shift into the D position and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following:
(1)Check up-shift operation.
Check that 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6 up-shifts take place, and that the shift points conform to the automatic shift schedule (See page SS-46).
HINT:
6th Gear Up-shift Prohibition Control
•Engine coolant temperature is 60°C (140°F) or less and vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/ h) or less.
5th Gear Up-shift Prohibition Control
•Engine coolant temperature is 55°C (131°F) or less and vehicle speed is 32 mph (51 km/
h) or less.
4th Gear Up-shift Prohibition Control
• Engine coolant temperature is 47°C (117°F) or less and vehicle speed is 31 mph (49 km/ h) or less.
Lock-up Prohibition Control
•Brake pedal is depressed.
•Accelerator pedal is released.
•Engine coolant temperature is 60°C (140°F) or less.
(2)Check for shift shock and slip.
Check for shock and slip at the 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6th up-shifts.
(3)Check for abnormal noise and vibration. Check for abnormal noise and vibration when
up-shifting from 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6 while driving with the shift lever in the D position, and also while driving in the lock-up condition.
HINT:
The check for the cause of abnormal noise and vibration must be done thoroughly as it could also be due to loss of balance in the differential, torque converter clutch, etc.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–15 |
(4)Check kick-down operation.
Check vehicle speeds when the 2nd to 1st, 3rd to 2nd, 4th to 3rd, 5th to 4th, and 6th to 5th kickdowns take place while driving with the shift lever in the D position. Confirm that each speed
is within the applicable vehicle speed range
indicated in the automatic shift schedule (See AX page SS-46).
(5)Check for abnormal shock and slip at kick-down.
(6)Check the lock-up mechanism.
•Drive the vehicle with the shift lever in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th gear) at a steady speed (lock-up ON).
•Lightly depress the accelerator pedal and check that the engine speed does not change
abruptly.
HINT:
•There is no lock-up function in the 1st gears.
•If there is a jump in engine speed, this indicates that lock-up is not operating.
(b)S position test
Shift to the S position, depress the accelerator pedal and check the following:
(1)Check shift operation.
•With the shift lever in the S position (while the vehicle is stopped), shift into the «+» position to check that the shift position on the combination meter changes as follows: 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6.
•While driving in the 5 (S) position and 5th gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 34 to 40 mph (55 to 65 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 4th gear down-shift occurs and proper engine braking occurs.
•While driving in the 4 (S) position and 4th gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 19 to 25 mph (30 to 40 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 3rd gear down-shift occurs and proper engine braking occurs.
•While driving in the 3 (S) position and 3rd gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 12 to 19 mph (20 to 30 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 2nd gear down-shift occurs and proper engine braking occurs.
•While driving in the 2 (S) position and 2nd gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 6 to 12 mph (10 to 20 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 1st gear down-shift
occurs and proper engine braking occurs. HINT:
Manual shift (S position) is prohibited under either of the following conditions:
• Down-shifting may cause engine overrun.
AX–16 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||
• The driver continuously down-shifts. (Down- |
||||
shifting to 1st gear may not be performed.) |
||||
(c) |
R position test: |
|||
Shift into the R position, lightly depress the |
||||
accelerator pedal, and check that the vehicle moves |
||||
backward without any abnormal noise or vibration. |
||||
AX |
||||
CAUTION: |
||||
Before conducting this test ensure that the test |
||||
area is free from people and obstruction. |
||||
(d) |
P position test: |
|||
Stop the vehicle on a grade (more than 5°) and after |
shifting into the P position, release the parking brake. Then, check that the parking lock pawl holds the vehicle in place.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–17 |
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TESTS
1. PERFORM MECHANICAL SYSTEM TESTS
(a) Measure the stall speed.
The object of this test is to check the overall |
|||
performance of the transaxle and engine by |
|||
measuring the stall speeds in the D position. |
AX |
||
NOTICE: |
|||
• Driving test should be done on a paved road |
|||
(a nonskid road). |
|||
• Perform the test at the normal operating ATF |
|||
(Automatic Transmission Fluid) temperature |
|||
50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). |
|||
• Do not continuously run this test for longer |
|||
than 5 seconds. |
|||
• To ensure safety, perform this test in a wide, |
|||
clear level area which provides good traction. |
|||
• The stall test should always be carried out in |
|||
pairs. One technician should observe the |
|||
conditions of wheels or wheel stoppers from |
|||
a safe location outside the vehicle while the |
|||
other is doing the test. |
|||
(1) Chock the 4 wheels. |
|||
(2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
|||
(3) Fully apply the parking brake. |
|||
(4) Keep your left foot pressed firmly on the brake |
|||
pedal. |
|||
(5) Start the engine. |
|||
(6) Using the intelligent tester, shift into the D |
|||
position and hold 3rd gear using active test. |
|||
Press all the way down on the accelerator pedal |
|||
with your right foot. |
|||
(7) Quickly read the stall speed at this time. |
|||
Stall speed: |
|||
Evaluation: |
2,520 +- 150 rpm |
||
Problem |
Possible cause |
||
• Engine power output may be insufficient |
|||
• Stator one-way clutch is not operating properly |
|||
(a) Stall engine speed is low in D position |
HINT: |
||
If the value is less than the specified value by 600 rpm or more, the |
|||
torque converter could be faulty. |
|||
• Line pressure is too low |
|||
(b) Stall engine speed is high in D position |
• Clutch No. 1 (C1) slipping |
||
• One-way clutch (F1) is not operating properly |
|||
• Improper fluid level |
|||
AX–18 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
||||
(b) Measure the time lag. |
|||||
(1) When the shift lever is shifted while the engine is |
|||||
idling, there will be a certain time lapse or lag |
|||||
before the shock can be felt. This is used for |
|||||
checking the condition of the clutches and |
|||||
brakes. |
|||||
AX |
|||||
NOTICE: |
|||||
• Perform the test at the normal operating |
|||||
ATF (Automatic Transmission Fluid) |
|||||
temperature: 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). |
|||||
• Be sure to allow 1 minute interval between |
|||||
tests. |
|||||
• Perform the test three times and measure |
|||||
the time lags. Calculate the average value |
|||||
of the three time lags. |
|||||
(2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
|||||
(3) Fully apply the parking brake. |
|||||
(4) Start and warm up the engine and check idle |
|||||
speed. |
|||||
Idle speed: |
|||||
approx. 650 rpm (In N position and A/C |
|||||
OFF) |
|||||
(5) Shift the lever from N to D position. Using a stop |
|||||
watch, measure the time from when the lever is |
|||||
shifted until the shock is felt. |
|||||
Time lag: |
|||||
N to D less than 1.2 seconds |
|||||
(6) In the same way, measure the time lag for N to |
|||||
R. |
|||||
Time lag: |
|||||
N to R less than 1.5 seconds |
|||||
Evaluation (If N to D or N to R time lag is longer than the specified time): |
|||||
Problem |
Possible cause |
||||
• Line pressure is too low |
|||||
N to D time lag is longer |
• Clutch No.1 (C1) is worn |
||||
• One-way clutch (F1) is not operating properly |
|||||
• Line pressure is too low |
|||||
N to R time lag is longer |
• Brake No. 2 (B2) is worn |
||||
• Brake No. 3 (B3) is worn |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–19 |
HYDRAULIC TEST |
||
1. |
PERFORM HYDRAULIC TEST |
|
(a) Measure the line pressure. |
||
NOTICE: |
||
• Perform the test at the normal operating ATF |
AX |
|
(Automatic Transmission Fluid) temperature: |
||
50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). |
||
• The line pressure test should always be |
||
carried out in pairs. One technician should |
||
observe the conditions of wheels or wheel |
||
stoppers outside the vehicle while the other |
||
is performing the test. |
||
• Be sure to prevent SST hose from interfering |
||
with the exhaust pipe. |
||
• This check must be conducted after checking |
||
and adjusting engine. |
||
• Perform the test with the A/C is OFF. |
||
SST |
• When conducting stall test, do not continue |
|
more than 5 seconds. |
||
SST |
||
(1) Warm up the ATF (Automatic Transmission |
||
C133223E01 |
||
Fluid). |
||
(2)Lift the vehicle up.
(3)Remove the engine under cover.
(4)Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(5)Remove the test plug on the transaxle case front left side and install the SST.
SST 09992-00095 (09992-00231, 0999200271)
(6)Start the engine.
(7)Shift to the D position, and then use the intelligent tester to hold 3rd gear using active test. Measure the line pressure while the engine is idling.
Specified line pressure:
Condition |
D position kPa (kgf/cm2, psi) |
|
Idling |
362 to 412 kPa |
|
(3.7 to 4.2 kgf/cm2, 52 to 60 psi) |
||
(8) Turn the ignition switch OFF.
AX–20 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
(9) Disconnect the connector of the TCM. |
|||
HINT: |
|||
Disconnect the connector only when performing |
|||
the D position stall test. |
|||
(10)Start the engine. |
|||
AX |
(11)Firmly depress the brake pedal, shift to the D |
||
position, depress the accelerator pedal all the |
|||
way down, and check the line pressure while the |
|||
stall test is performed. |
|||
Specified line pressure: |
|||
Condition |
D position kPa (kgf/cm2, psi) |
||
Stall test |
1,160 to 1,350 kPa |
||
(11.8 to 13.8 kgf/cm2, 168 to 196 psi) |
|||
(12)Turn the ignition switch OFF. |
|||
C133211 |
(13)Connect the TCM connector, depress the brake |
||
pedal firmly, shift to the R position, and check |
|||
that the line pressure while the engine is idling |
|||
and during the stall test. |
|||
Specified line pressure: |
|||
Condition |
R position kPa (kgf/cm2, psi) |
||
Idling |
806 to 916 kPa |
||
(8.2 to 9.3 kgf/cm2, 117 to 133 psi) |
|||
Stall test |
1,890 to 2,000 kPa |
||
(19.3 to 20.4 kgf/cm2, 274 to 290 psi) |
|||
(14)Remove the SST, install the test plug. |
|||
Evaluation: |
(15)Clear the DTC. |
||
Problem |
Possible cause |
||
Measured values are higher than the specified value in all positions |
• Shift solenoid valve (SLT) defective |
||
• |
Regulator valve defective |
||
• Shift solenoid valve (SLT) defective |
|||
Measured values are lower than the specified value in all positions |
• |
Regulator valve defective |
|
• |
Oil pump defective |
||
Pressure is low in the D position only |
• D position circuit fluid leak |
||
• Clutch No. 1 (C1) defective |
|||
• R position circuit fluid leak |
|||
Pressure is low in the R position only |
• |
Brake No. 2 (B2) defective |
|
• Brake No. 3 (B3) defective |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–21 |
MANUAL SHIFTING TEST
1.PERFORM MANUAL SHIFTING TEST
HINT:
• With this test, it can be determined whether trouble
occurs in the electrical circuit. Also, trouble can be a |
||||||
mechanical problem in the transaxle. |
AX |
|||||
• |
If any abnormalities are found in the following test, the |
|||||
problem is in the transaxle itself. |
||||||
(a) |
Disconnect the TCM connector. |
|||||
(b) |
Drive the vehicle with the TCM disconnected. |
|||||
Shifting the shift lever to the D position to check |
||||||
whether the shifting condition changes as shown in |
||||||
the table below. |
||||||
Shift Position |
Shifting Condition |
|||||
D |
No Shift (No Change) |
|||||
HINT: |
||||||
When driving the vehicle with the TCM |
||||||
disconnected, the gear position will be as follows: |
||||||
• When the shift lever is in the D position, the |
||||||
transmission will stay in 3rd gear. |
||||||
• When the shift lever is in the R or the P position, |
||||||
the transmission will also be in the R or P |
||||||
position respectively. |
||||||
(c) |
Connect the connector of the TCM. |
|||||
(d) |
Clear the DTC (See page AX-38). |
AX–22 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
QR Code Label
#-
Transmission
Compensa-
tion Code
QR Code Label
REGISTRATION
NOTICE:
•When the automatic transaxle is replaced, the transaxle’s compensation code must be input into the TCM (Proceed to step 1).
•When the TCM is replaced, the existing transaxle compensation codes must be input into the new TCM (Proceed to step 2).
1.INPUT COMPENSATION CODE NOTICE:
Transaxle compensation codes are unique, 60-digit alphanumeric values printed on the QR label. If an incorrect transaxle compensation code is input into the TCM, shift shock may occur.
(a)Record the transmission compensation code specified on the QR label.
HINT:
The transaxle compensation code is imprinted on the QR label.
(b)Shift the shift lever to N or P position.
(c)Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(d)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(e)Turn the tester on.
NOTICE:
Do not start the engine.
C133268E01
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
(f)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
(g)Press «ENTER».
C133193
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–23 |
(h) Select «AT CODE REGIST».
AT CODE UTILITY (i) Press «ENTER».
[Name of system]
1 : AT CODE REGIST
2 : AT CODE RESET
AX
C133194
(j) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function is used to input a compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133195
CHECK
Gear Selector is in P. Vehicle is stopped. Engine is OFF. Engine switch is ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
(k) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
C133196
(l) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function must not be performed without referring the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133197
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1.SET A/T CODE
2.READ A/T CODE
(m)Select «SET A/T CODE».
(n)Press «ENTER».
AX–24 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
(o) Select «INPUT A/T CODE». |
||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
(p) Press «ENTER». |
|||||
SET A/T CODE |
||||||
Select a way of |
||||||
setting the code. |
||||||
1. INPUT A/T CODE |
||||||
2. SAVED A/T CODE |
||||||
AX |
PRESS [ENTER] |
|||
C133199 |
|||
code input method |
(q) Register the compensation code. |
||
(1) |
Press «ENTER». |
||
INPUT A/T CODE |
|||
Press [ ] / [ |
] to |
||
shift the cursor |
|||
right/left. |
|||
Press [ ] / [ |
] to |
||
shift the cursor |
|||
up/down. |
|||
Input alphanumeric |
|||
with 10 key and |
|||
* key. |
|||
PRESS [ENTER] |
|||
C133200 |
A/T CODE REGIST |
Input the code |
printed on the A/T. |
PRESS [ENTER] |
C133201 |
A/T CODE REGIST
SET CODE
A/T CODE REGIST is complete.
PRESS [EXIT]
C133203
(2)Manually input the transaxle compensation code. The code is a 60-digit alphanumeric value imprinted on the QR label.
(r)Check that the compensation code displayed on the screen is correct by comparing it with the 60-digit alphanumeric value on the QR label.
NOTICE:
If an incorrect transaxle compensation code is input into the TCM, shift shock will occur.
HINT:
Input letters by operating the keys from 0 to 5 while pressing the * key.
(s)Press «ENTER» to set the compensation code to the TCM.
HINT:
• If the registration process fails, the compensation code may be incorrect. Check the compensation code again.
• If the attempted compensation code is correct, a problem with the wire harness or a bad connection with the DLC3 may cause a registration failure. Check the wire harness and the DLC3 connection. If no problem is found, the TCM may be malfunctioning. Check the TCM and repeat this operation.
2.TRANSFER COMPENSATION CODE NOTICE:
Transaxle compensation codes are 60-digit alphanumeric values imprinted on the QR label. If an incorrect transaxle compensation code is input into the TCM, shift shock may occur.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–25 |
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
HINT: |
||
The following operation is available for use with TCMs |
||
that can transmit the registered transaxle compensation |
||
code to the intelligent tester. |
||
(a) |
Shift the shift lever to N or P position. |
|
(b) |
Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
AX |
(c) |
Turn the ignition switch on (IG). |
(d)Turn the tester on.
NOTICE:
Do not start the engine.
HINT:
The transaxle compensation code is imprinted on the QR label.
(e)Read the transaxle compensation code.
(1)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
(2)Press «ENTER».
C133193
AT CODE UTILITY [Name of system]
1 : AT CODE REGIST
2 : AT CODE RESET
(3)Select «AT CODE REGIST».
(4)Press «ENTER».
C133194
(5) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function is used to input a compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133195
AX–26 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||
(6) Press «ENTER» again to proceed. |
||||||||
CHECK |
||||||||
Gear Selector is in P. |
||||||||
Vehicle is stopped. |
||||||||
Engine is OFF. |
||||||||
Engine switch is |
||||||||
ON(IG). |
||||||||
AX |
||||||||
PRESS [ENTER] |
||||||||
C133196 |
||||||||
NOTICE
This function must not be performed without referring the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133197
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1.SET A/T CODE
2.READ A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
C133198
A/T CODE REGIST
READ A/T CODE is completed.
PRESS [EXIT]
C133206
(7) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
(8)Select «READ A/T CODE».
(9)Press «ENTER».
(10)Press «EXIT».
NOTICE:
Do not use the code specified on the transaxle QR label even if the transmission compensation code cannot be read using the intelligent tester. The code printed on an in-service transaxle may not match its current characteristics. Replace the TCM with a new one and perform a road test to allow the TCM to learn.
(11)Turn the ignition switch off.
(f)Replace the TCM.
(g)Set the transaxle compensation code.
(1)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(2)Turn the tester on.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–27 |
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
(3)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
(4)Press «ENTER».
AX
C133193
(5) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function is used to input a compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133195
CHECK
Gear Selector is in P. Vehicle is stopped. Engine is OFF. Engine switch is ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
(6) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
C133196
(7) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function must not be performed without referring the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133197
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1.SET A/T CODE
2.READ A/T CODE
(8)Select «SET A/T CODE».
(9)Press «ENTER».
AX–28 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||
(10) Select «SAVED A/T CODE». |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
(11) Press «ENTER». |
|||||||
SET CODE |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
||||||||
is complete. |
||||||||
AX |
||||||||
PRESS [EXIT] |
||||||||
C133203 |
||||||||
(12) Press «EXIT». |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
||||||||
SET CODE |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
||||||||
is complete. |
||||||||
PRESS [EXIT] |
||||||||
C133203 |
||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–29 |
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
INITIALIZATION
1.RESET TRANSAXLE COMPENSATION CODE NOTICE:
The transaxle compensation code can be reset only
with the intelligent tester. |
||
HINT: |
AX |
|
The TCM memorizes the condition that the ECT controls |
||
the automatic transaxle assembly and engine assembly |
||
according to those characteristics. Therefore, when the |
||
automatic transaxle assembly, engine assembly, or TCM |
||
has been replaced, it is necessary to reset the memory |
||
so that the TCM can memorize the new information. |
||
Reset procedure is as follows. |
(a)Shift the shift lever to N or P position.
(b)Turn the ignition switch off.
(c)Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(d)Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and push the intelligent tester main switch on.
(e)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
C133193
AT CODE UTILITY [Name of system]
1 : AT CODE REGIST
2 : AT CODE RESET
(f)Select «AT CODE RESET».
(g)Press the «ENTER»
CAUTION:
After the transaxle compensation code, be sure to perform a road test to allow TCM to learn.
2.PERFORM ROAD TEST TO ALLOW TCM TO LEARN NOTICE:
Perform the following procedures while strictly observing all traffic laws and speed limits.
C133194 (a) From a standstill, achieve highest possible speed with the accelerator pedal opened 15% or less. Keep the accelerator pedal angle steady while driving the vehicle.
(b)Repeat the previous step until shift shock no longer occurs.
(c)From a standstill, achieve highest possible speed with the accelerator pedal opened 25% or more. Keep the accelerator pedal angle steady while driving the vehicle.
(d)Repeat the previous step until shift shock no longer occurs.
AX–30 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||||
3. |
RESET MEMORY |
|||||||||
NOTICE: |
||||||||||
• Perform the RESET MEMORY (AT initialization) |
||||||||||
when replacing the engine assembly. |
||||||||||
• The RESET MEMORY can be performed only with |
||||||||||
the intelligent tester. |
||||||||||
AX |
||||||||||
HINT: |
||||||||||
The ECM memorizes the condition that the ECT controls |
||||||||||
the automatic transmission assembly and engine |
||||||||||
assembly according to those characteristics. Therefore, |
||||||||||
when the automatic transmission assembly, engine |
||||||||||
assembly, or ECM has been replaced, it is necessary to |
||||||||||
reset the memory so that the ECM can memorize the |
||||||||||
new information. |
||||||||||
(a) Reset procedure is as follows. |
||||||||||
(1) Turn the engine switch off. |
||||||||||
(2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
||||||||||
(3) Turn the ignition switch on (IG) position. |
||||||||||
(4) Turn the intelligent tester main switch on. |
||||||||||
(5) Select the item «DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / |
||||||||||
M-OBD / OBD MENU |
ECT / RESET MEMORY». |
|||||||||
[Name of system] |
NOTICE: |
|||||||||
1 |
: DATA LIST |
|||||||||
After performing the RESET MEMORY, be |
||||||||||
1 |
: DTC INFO |
|||||||||
3 |
: ACTIVE TEST |
sure to perform the ROAD TEST (See page |
||||||||
4 |
: SNAPSHOT |
|||||||||
6 |
: RESET MEMORY |
AX-12) described previously. |
||||||||
8 |
: CHECK MODE |
|||||||||
9 |
: AT CODE UTILITY |
|||||||||
C133193 |
||||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–31 |
MONITOR DRIVE PATTERN
1.MONITOR DRIVE PATTERN FOR ECT TEST
(a)Perform this drive pattern as one method to simulate the detection conditions of the ECT
malfunctions. (The DTCs may not be detected due
to differences from the actual driving conditions. AX Some codes may not be detected using this drive pattern.)
HINT:
Preparation for driving
•Warm up the engine sufficiently. (Engine coolant temperature should be 60°C (140°F) or higher)
•Drive the vehicle when the atmospheric temperature is -10°C (14°F) or higher.
(Malfunction may not be detected when the atmospheric temperature is less than -10°C (14°F))
Notice on driving
•Drive the vehicle through all gears.
Stop to 1st to 2nd to 3rd to 4th to 5th to 6th (lockup ON).
•Confirm engine braking using the S position. While driving in the 6 (S) position and 6th gear lock-up, shift to the «-» position to down-shift from 6th to 5th, 5th to 4th, 4th to 3rd, 3rd to 2nd, 2nd to 1st.
Check that proper engine braking occurs whenever down-shift takes place.
•Repeat the above driving pattern three times or
more.
NOTICE:
•The monitor status can be checked using the intelligent tester. When using the intelligent tester, monitor status can be found in «OBD/ MOBD / ECT / DATA LIST».
•In the event that the drive pattern must be interrupted (possibly due to traffic conditions or other factors), the drive pattern can be resumed and, in most cases, the monitor can be completed.
•Perform this drive pattern on a road with the fewest hills possible and strictly observe the posted speed limits and traffic laws while driving.
AX–32 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
Vehicle Speed
Maintain a constant speed or gradual acceleration (with the throttle open) for 3 minutes or more.*1 |
|||
AX |
Approx. |
Lock-up ON |
|
62 mph |
|||
Vehicle Speed |
|||
(100 km/h) |
|||
Approx. 50 mph (80 km/h)
0 |
||
Warmed up |
Stop (Idling) |
|
sufficiently |
||
Normal acceleration through all the gears from 1st to 6th
G031593E30
HINT:
*1: Drive the vehicle at a sufficient speed in the uppermost gear, to allow lock-up to engage. The vehicle can be driven at a speed lower than that in the above diagram under the lock-up condition.
NOTICE:
It is necessary to drive the vehicle for approximately 30 minutes to detect DTC P0711 (ATF temperature sensor malfunction).
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–33 |
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE
HINT:
If a normal code is displayed during the diagnostic trouble code check although the problem or symptom still occurs, check the electrical circuits for each symptom in the order
given in the charts on the following pages. Proceed to the AX page given in the chart and perform troubleshooting.
The Matrix Chart is divided into 2 chapters. Chapter 1:
Refer to the table below when the trouble cause is considered to be electrical.
If the instruction «Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on matrix chart» is given in the flow chart of each circuit, proceed to the circuit with the next highest number in the table to continue the check.
If the trouble still occurs even though there are no abnormalities in any of the other circuits, check and replace the TCM.
Chapter 2:
Chapter 2 covers on and off vehicle repair of the transaxle. Contents specified in the table below may not match while fail-safe control is operating.
1. Chapter 1: Electronic Circuit Matrix Chart
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||
No up-shift (1st to 2nd) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-105 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No up-shift (2nd to 3rd) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit *1 |
AX-92 |
||
No up-shift (3rd to 4th) |
2. Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit *1 |
AX-84 |
||
No up-shift (4th to 5th) |
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
|
3. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit |
ES-145 |
||
4. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
||
No up-shift (5th to 6th) |
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-105 |
|
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
||
4. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No down-shift (6th to 5th) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No down-shift (5th to 4th) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit *1 |
AX-84 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit *1 |
AX-92 |
||
No down-shift (4th to 3rd) |
2. Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
||
No down-shift (3rd to 2nd) |
2. Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-105 |
||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No down-shift (2nd to 1st) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-100 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
AX–34 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLU) circuit *1 |
AX-136 |
||||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL) circuit |
AX-139 |
||||
No lock-up |
3. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
|||
4. |
Stop light switch circuit *1 |
AX-71 |
||||
AX |
5. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
|||
6. TCM |
IN-40 |
|||||
No lock-up off |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
||||
2. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
||||
Shift point too high or too low |
3. |
Speed sensor NC circuit *1 |
AX-95 |
|||
4. |
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit *1 |
ES-334 |
||||
5. |
ATF temperature sensor circuit *1 |
AX-55 |
||||
6. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Up-shift from 3rd to 4th while engine is cold |
1. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Up-shift from 4th to 5th while engine is cold |
1. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
No gear change by shifting into «+» or «-» while shifting |
1. Transmission control switch circuit |
AX-154 |
||||
the lever |
2. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Harsh engagement (N to D) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit *1 |
AX-84 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
||||
Harsh engagement (Lock-up) |
2. |
Speed sensor NC circuit *1 |
AX-95 |
|||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLU) circuit *1 |
AX-136 |
||||
4. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit *1 |
ES-334 |
||||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
||||
Harsh engagement (Any driving position) |
3. Speed sensor NC circuit |
AX-95 |
||||
4. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
||||
5. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Poor acceleration |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
No engine brake |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
No kick-down |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Engine stalls when starting off or stopping |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Park/neutral position switch circuit *1 |
AX-158 |
||||
Malfunction in shifting |
2. Transmission control switch circuit |
AX-154 |
||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Slip or shudder (5th to 6th and 6th to 5th) |
1. Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
||||
Initial acceleration or subsequent acceleration is |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit |
AX-84 |
|||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit |
AX-128 |
||||
improper. Vehicle is stuck in a gear (1st to 6th). |
||||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Acceleration is improper when the gear is 4th or |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit |
AX-92 |
|||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit |
AX-128 |
||||
higher. |
||||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Initial acceleration or subsequent acceleration is |
1. Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit |
AX-92 |
||||
improper. Vehicle does not shift down (from 4th to 3rd). |
||||||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Vehicle is stuck in a gear (1st to 4th). |
||||||
Acceleration is improper when the gear is 6th. |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit |
AX-105 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–35 |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit |
AX-148 |
||||
Acceleration is improper when the gear is 3rd or 5th. |
2. Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit |
AX-128 |
||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Initial acceleration or subsequent acceleration is |
1. Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit |
AX-148 |
||||
improper. Vehicle does not shift down (from 3rd to |
||||||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
AX |
|||
2nd). No up-shift (5th to 6th). |
||||||
HINT:
*1: When the circuit is defective, a DTC may be output.
2. Chapter 2: On-Vehicle Repair and Off-Vehicle Repair
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||
Vehicle does not move in any forward and reverse |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
positions. |
2. Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
Vehicle does not move in R position. |
2. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (1st to 2nd) |
2. Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (2nd to 3rd) |
2. Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (3rd to 4th) |
2. Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2)*1 |
AX-87 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (4th to 5th) |
2. Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
1.Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
No up-shift (5th to 6th) |
2. Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
No down-shift (6th to 5th) |
2. Shift solenid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1)*1 |
AX-79 |
||
No down-shift (5th to 4th) |
2. Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
No down-shift (4th to 3rd) |
2. Shift solenid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
1. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||
No down-shift (3rd to 2nd) |
2. Shift solenid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No down-shift (2nd to 1st) |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No lock-up or No lock-up off |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|
2. |
Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||
AX–36 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
2. |
C1 accumulator |
AX-274 |
||||
Harsh engagement (N to D) |
3. One-way clutch No. 1 (F1) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
AX |
5. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1)*1 |
AX-79 |
|||
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||||
Harsh engagement (Lock-up) |
2. Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLU)*1 |
AX-131 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (N to R) |
2. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
Harsh engagement (1 to 2 to 3 to 4 to 5 to 6) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT)*1 |
AX-121 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (1st to 2nd) |
2. |
B1 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (2nd to 3rd) |
2. |
B3 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (3rd to 4th) |
2. |
C2 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2)*1 |
AX-87 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (4th to 5th) |
2. |
B3 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (5th to 6th) |
2. |
B1 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (6th to 5th) |
2. |
B3 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
2. |
Oil strainer |
— |
||||
3. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (Forward and reverse: After warm-up) |
4. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|||
5. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
6. |
One-way clutch No. 1 (F1) |
AX-274 |
||||
7. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
8. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (Particular position: just after engine |
1. Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
starts) |
||||||
Slip or shudder (R position) |
1. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–37 |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
Slip or shudder (1 position) |
1. |
One-way clutch No. 1 (F1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (2 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (3 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
AX |
||
2. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (4 position) |
1. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (5 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (6 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (1st position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (2nd position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (3rd position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (4th position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
No kick-down |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Shift point too hight or too low |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Poor acceleration (All positions) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
Poor acceleration (6th) |
1. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Engine stalls when starting off or stopping |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
HINT:
*1: When the circuit is defective, a DTC may be output.
AX–38 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
TERMINALS OF ECU
1. TCM
C56
AX |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
||||||||
9 |
8 |
||||||||||||||
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 |
|||||||||||||||
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 |
18 |
||||||||||||||
C133222E01 |
|||||||||||||||
HINT: |
|||||||||||||||
Each TCM terminal’s standard voltage is shown in the |
|||||||||||||||
table below. |
|||||||||||||||
In the table, first follow the information under «Condition». |
|||||||||||||||
Look under «Symbols (Terminals No.)» for the terminals |
|||||||||||||||
to be inspected. The standard voltage between the |
|||||||||||||||
terminals is shown under «Specified Condition». |
|||||||||||||||
Use the illustration above as a reference for the TCM |
|||||||||||||||
terminals. |
|||||||||||||||
Symbols (Terminals No.) |
Wiring Color |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
|||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
shift lever in R position |
|||||||||||||||
R shift position switch |
|||||||||||||||
R (C56-15) — E1 (C56-8) |
W — B-W |
||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
signal |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 1 V |
||||||||||||||
except R position |
|||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in D or 3 |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
D (C56-16) — E1 (C56-8) |
R — B-W |
D shift position switch |
position |
||||||||||||
signal |
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 1 V |
||||||||||||||
except D and 3 position |
|||||||||||||||
STP (C56-12) — E1 (C56-8) |
B — B-W |
Stop light switch signal |
Brake pedal is depressed |
7.5 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
Brake pedal is released |
Below 1.5 V |
||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in P or N |
Below 2 V |
||||||||||||||
NSW (C56-11) — E1 (C56-8) |
L — B-W |
Park/neutral switch signal |
position |
||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
except P or N position |
|||||||||||||||
Cranking (shift lever |
|||||||||||||||
position in P or N position, |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
STA (C56-10) — E1 (C56-8) |
Y — B-W |
Starter signal |
ignition switch START) |
||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 2 V |
||||||||||||||
except P or N position |
|||||||||||||||
SPD1 (C56-3) — E1 (C56-8) |
BR — B-W |
Speed signal from |
Vehicle speed 12 mph (20 |
Pulse generation |
|||||||||||
combination meter |
km/h) |
(See waveform 1) |
|||||||||||||
Battery (for measuring |
|||||||||||||||
BATT (C56-1) — E1 (C56-8) |
W-L — B-W |
battery voltage and for |
Always |
9 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
TCM memory) |
|||||||||||||||
IG2 (C56-13) — E1 (C56-8) |
L-B — B-W |
Ignition switch |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
9 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
+B (C56-18) — E1 (C56-8) |
W-L — B-W |
Power source of TCM |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
9 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
CAN+ (C56-6) — E1 (C56-8) |
B — B-W |
CAN communication line |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
Pulse generation |
|||||||||||
(See waveform 2) |
|||||||||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–39 |
|||||||||||
Symbols (Terminals No.) |
Wiring Color |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
||||||||
CAN- (C56-7) — E1 (C56-8) |
Y — B-W |
CAN communication line |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
Pulse generation |
||||||||
(See waveform 3) |
||||||||||||
(a) Waveform 1 |
||||||||||||
5 V/DIV. |
Reference: |
|||||||||||
Terminal |
SPD1 — E1 |
AX |
||||||||||
Tool setting |
2 V/DIV., 20 ms./DIV. |
|||||||||||
Vehicle condition |
Vehicle speed 12 mph (20 km/h) |
|||||||||||
GND |
||||||||||||
20 ms./DIV.
G034872E02
(b)Waveform 2
Reference:
1 V/DIV |
Terminal |
CAN+ — E1 |
Tool setting |
1 V/DIV., 10 ms./DIV. |
|
Vehicle condition |
Engine is stopped, ignition ON (IG) |
|
GND |
||
10 ms./DIV
G036660E06
1 V/DIV
GND
10 ms./DIV
G036661E05
(c) Waveform 3
Reference:
Terminal |
CAN- — E1 |
Tool setting |
1 V/DIV., 10 ms./DIV. |
Vehicle condition |
Engine is stopped, ignition ON (IG) |
2. ECM
HINT:
Each ECM terminal’s standard voltage is shown in the table below.
In the table, first follow the information under «Condition». Look under «Symbols (Terminals No.)» for the terminals to be inspected. The standard voltage between the terminals is shown under «Specified Condition».
Use the illustration below as a reference for the ECM terminals.
AX–40 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ECM: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
C55 |
A55 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
AX |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A107881E27 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Symbols (Terminals No.) |
Wiring Color |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
S shift position switch |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
S (A55-25) — E1 (C55-81) |
Y — W-B |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
signal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 1 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
except S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SFTU (A55-16) — E1 (C55-81) |
R — W-B |
Up shift switch signal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in «+» position |
Below 1 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Up shift) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SFTD (A55-51) — E1 (C55-81) |
L — W-B |
Down shift switch signal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in «-» position |
Below 1 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Down shift) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–41 |
FI00534E01
Intelligent Tester |
DLC3 |
CAN VIM |
C131977E05 |
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
1.DESCRIPTION
(a)When troubleshooting On-Board Diagnostic (OBD II) vehicles, the vehicle must be connected to the
OBD II scan tool (complying with SAE J1987).
Various data output from the vehicle’s TCM can be AX read then.
(b)OBD II regulations require that the vehicle’s onboard computer illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel when the computer detects a malfunction in:
(1)The emission control system/components
(2)The power train control components (which affect vehicle emissions)
(3)The computer
In addition, the applicable Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) prescribed by SAE J2012 are recorded in the TCM memory.
If the malfunction does not reoccur in 3 consecutive trips, the MIL turns off automatically but the DTCs remain recorded in the TCM memory.
(c)To check DTCs, connect the intelligent tester to the Data Link Connector 3 (DLC3) of the vehicle. The intelligent tester displays DTCs, the freeze frame data and a variety of the engine data.
The DTCs and freeze frame data can be erased with the intelligent tester (See page AX-38).
2.NORMAL MODE AND CHECK MODE
(a)The diagnosis system operates in «normal mode» during normal vehicle use. In normal mode, «2 trip detection logic» is used to ensure accurate detection of malfunctions. «Check mode» is also available to technicians as an option. In check mode, «1 trip detection logic» is used for simulating malfunction symptoms and increasing the system’s ability to detect malfunctions, including intermittent malfunctions.
3.2 TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
(a)When a malfunction is first detected, the malfunction is temporarily stored in the TCM memory (1st trip). If the ignition switch is turned off and then on (IG) again, and the same malfunction is detected again, the MIL will illuminate.
4.FREEZE FRAME DATA
(a)The TCM records vehicle and driving condition information as freeze frame data the moment a DTC is stored. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data can be helpful in determining whether the vehicle was running or stopped, whether the engine was warmed up or not, whether the air/fuel ratio was lean or rich, as well as other data recorded at the time of a malfunction.
AX–42 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
DTC set point
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
AX
:Freeze frame data recorded point
A092901E07
(b)The intelligent tester displays freeze frame data recorded at five different points: 1) 3 points before the DTC is set, 2) once when the DTC is set, and 3) once after the DTC is set. The data can be used to simulate the vehicle’s condition around the time of the malfunction. The data may be helpful in determining the cause of a malfunction. It may also be helpful in determining whether a DTC is being caused by a temporary malfunction.
5.DLC3 (Data Link Connector 3)
(a)The vehicle’s TCM uses the ISO 15765-4 for
CG |
SG CANH |
communication protocol. The terminal arrangement |
||||||||||||||
of the DLC3 complies with SAE J1962 and matches |
||||||||||||||||
the ISO 15765-4 format. |
||||||||||||||||
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
HINT: |
||||||||
9 10 111213141516 |
Connect the cable of the intelligent tester to the |
|||||||||||||||
DLC3, turn the ignition switch on (IG) and attempt to |
||||||||||||||||
use the intelligent tester. If the screen displays a |
||||||||||||||||
CANL BAT |
communication error message, a problem exists in |
|||||||||||||||
A082779E65 |
||||||||||||||||
the vehicle side or the tester side. |
||||||||||||||||
If the communication is normal when the tester is |
||||||||||||||||
connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on |
||||||||||||||||
the original vehicle. |
||||||||||||||||
If the communication is still impossible when the |
||||||||||||||||
tester is connected to another vehicle, the problem |
||||||||||||||||
is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service |
||||||||||||||||
Department listed in the tester’s instruction manual. |
||||||||||||||||
Symbols (Terminal No.) |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
|||||||||||||
CG (4) — Body ground |
Chassis ground |
Always |
Below 1 Ω |
|||||||||||||
SG (5) — Body ground |
Signal ground |
Always |
Below 1 Ω |
|||||||||||||
BAT (16) — Body ground |
Battery positive |
Always |
11 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||
CANH (6) — CANL (14) |
HIGH-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
54 to 69 Ω |
|||||||||||||
CANH (6) — CG (4) |
HIGH-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
200 kΩ or higher |
|||||||||||||
CANL (14) — CG (4) |
LOW-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
200 kΩ or higher |
|||||||||||||
CANH (6) — BAT (16) |
HIGH-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
6 kΩ or higher |
|||||||||||||
NOTICE:
*: Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the ignition switch, any other switches or the doors.
6.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE Battery voltage:
11 to 14 V
(a)If the voltage is below 11 V, replace or recharge the battery before proceeding.
7.CHECK MIL
(a)Check that the MIL illuminates when turning the ignition switch on (IG).
If the MIL does not illuminate, there is a problem in the MIL circuit (See page ES-471).
(b)When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–43 |
Intelligent Tester |
DTC CHECK / CLEAR |
||
1. |
CHECK DTC |
||
(a) DTCs which are stored in the TCM can be displayed |
|||
with the intelligent tester. |
|||
These scan tools can display pending DTCs and |
AX |
||
current DTCs. Some DTCs are not stored if the |
|||
TCM doesn’t detect a malfunction during |
|||
consecutive driving. However, the malfunction |
|||
detected while a driving is stored as a pending DTC. |
|||
(1) Connect the intelligent tester to the Controller |
|||
Area Network Vehicle Interface Module (CAN |
|||
VIM). Then connect the CAN VIM to the Data |
|||
DLC3 |
Link Connector 3 (DLC3). |
||
CAN VIM |
(2) Turn the ignition switch on (IG). |
||
C131977E05 |
(3) Enter the following menus: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ |
||
MOBD / ECT / DTC INFO / CURRENT CODES |
|||
(or PENDING CODE). |
(4)Confirm the DTCs and freeze frame data and then write them down.
(5)Confirm the details of the DTCs (See page AX46).
NOTICE:
When a symptom has been duplicated using normal mode, use the intelligent tester to check for DTCs. For DTCs that are subject to «2-trip detection logic», perform the following steps:
Turn the ignition switch OFF after the symptom has occurred once. Repeat the process of attempting to duplicate the symptom. When the problem or symptom happens for the second time and a DTC has been recorded, the MIL will illuminate, and the code will be stored.
2.CLEAR DTC
(a)Connect the intelligent tester to the CAN VIM. Then connect the CAN VIM to the DLC3.
(b)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(c)Enter the following menus: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ MOBD / ECT / DTC INFO / CLEAR CODES and press YES.
AX–44 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
CHECK MODE PROCEDURE
1.DESCRIPTION
(a)Check mode has a higher sensitivity to malfunctions and can detect malfunctions that normal mode cannot detect. Check mode can also detect all the malfunctions that normal mode can detect. In check mode, DTCs are detected with 1-trip detection logic.
2. |
CHECK MODE PROCEDURE |
|
Intelligent Tester |
(a) Make sure that the items below are satisfied: |
|
(1) |
Battery positive voltage is 11 V or more |
|
(2) |
Throttle valve is fully closed |
|
(3) |
Transaxle is in the P or N position |
|
(4) |
A/C is switched OFF |
|
(b) Turn the ignition switch off. |
||
(c) Connect the intelligent tester together with the |
||
Controller Area Network Vehicle Interface Module |
||
(CAN VIM) to the DLC3. |
||
(d) Turn the ignition switch on (IG). |
||
(e) Enter the following menus: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ |
||
DLC3 |
MOBD / ECT / CHECK MODE. |
|
CAN VIM |
||
C131977E05 |
(f)Change the TCM to check mode. Make sure that the MIL flashes as shown in the illustration.
NOTICE:
All DTCs and freeze frame data recorded will be erased if: 1) the intelligent tester is used to change the TCM from normal mode to check mode or vice-versa; or 2) during check mode, the ignition switch is turned from on (IG) to on (ACC) or off.
Before entering check mode, make notes of any DTCs and freeze frame data that are present.
(g)Start the engine. The MIL should turn off after the engine starts.
(h)Perform «MONITOR DRIVE PATTERN» for the ECT test (See page AX-27).
(Or, duplicate the conditions of the malfunction described by the customer).
(i)After duplicating the malfunction conditions, use the intelligent tester diagnosis selector to check the DTC and freeze frame data.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–45 |
FAIL-SAFE CHART
1. Fail-safe
This function minimizes the loss of operation when any abnormality occurs in a sensor or solenoid.
Fail-safe Control List
AX |
|||
Malfunction Part |
Function |
||
Input Turbine Speed Sensor |
Shifting to only either the 1st or 3rd gears is allowed. |
||
• The counter gear speed is determined based on the signals from the skid control ECU (speed |
|||
Counter Gear Speed Sensor |
sensor signals). |
||
• Shifting between 1st to 4th gears is allowed. |
|||
ATF Temp. Sensor |
Shifting between 1st to 4th gears is allowed. |
||
ECT ECU |
When the vehicle is being driven in 6th gear, the transaxle is fixed in 6th gear. When being driven in |
||
Power Supply (Voltage is Low) |
any of the 1st to 5th gears, the transaxle is fixed in 5th gear. |
||
CAN communication |
Shifting to only either 1st or 3rd gears is allowed. |
||
Knock Sensor |
Shifting between 1st to 4th gears is allowed. |
||
The current to the failed solenoid valve is cut off and operating the other solenoid valves with |
|||
Solenoid Valve SL1, SL2, SL3 and SL4 |
normal operation performs shift control. (Shift controls in fail-safe mode are described in the table |
||
on the next page. For details, refer to Fail-Safe Control Chart) |
|||
Solenoid Valve Operation when Normal:
Gear Position |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
SL1 |
ON |
ON |
ON |
ON |
OFF |
OFF |
||
Solenoid |
SL2 |
OFF |
OFF |
OFF |
ON |
ON |
ON |
|
SL3 |
OFF |
ON |
OFF |
OFF |
OFF |
ON |
||
SL4 |
OFF |
OFF |
ON |
OFF |
ON |
OFF |
||
Fail-safe Control Chart:
Gear Position in Normal Operation |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) *1 |
||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st to N |
2nd to N |
3rd to N |
4th to N |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) |
||||||||
SL1 |
||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
Fixed in 3rd or 5th |
|||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 3rd or 5th |
|||||||
Malfunctions) |
||||||||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st to 4th |
2nd to 4th |
3rd to 4th |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) *1 |
||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th to 1st |
5th to N |
6th to N |
||
Control) |
||||||||
SL2 |
||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF malfunction |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
3rd |
3rd |
3rd |
||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 2nd or 3rd |
|||||||
Malfunctions) |
||||||||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st to 2nd |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) *1 |
||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd to 1st |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th to N |
||
Control) |
||||||||
SL3 |
||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF malfunction |
1st |
3rd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
5th |
||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 3rd |
|||||||
Malfunctions) |
||||||||
AX–46 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
||||||||
Gear Position in Normal Operation |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
|||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
3rd |
3rd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
5th |
|||
Control)*1 |
|||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd |
3rd to 1st |
4th |
5th to N |
6th |
|||
Control) |
|||||||||
SL4 |
|||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF malfunction |
1st *2 |
2nd *2 |
4th*2 |
4th*2 |
6th |
6th |
|||
AX |
|||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
|||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 2nd |
||||||||
Malfunctions) |
|||||||||
*1: Fail-safe control is not actuated when the ON malfunction occurs.
*2: Shifting to 5th and 6th gears is prohibited.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–47 |
DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST
1.DATA LIST
HINT:
Using the DATA LIST using the intelligent tester allows
switch, sensor, actuator and other item values to be read without removing any parts. Reading the DATA LIST AX early in troubleshooting is one way to save labor time.
NOTICE:
In the table below, the values listed under «Normal Condition» are reference values. Do not depend solely on these reference values when deciding whether a part is faulty.
(a)Warm up the engine.
(b)Turn the ignition switch off.
(c)Connect the intelligent tester together with the CAN VIM (Controller Area Network Vehicle Interface Module) to the DLC3.
(d)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(e)Turn the tester on.
(f)Enter the following menus: «DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ MOBD / ECT / DATA LIST».
(g)According to the display on the tester, read «DATA LIST».
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
||
Range (display) |
|||||
Calculated load by ECM: |
• 15.0 to 35.0%: Idling |
||||
CALC LOAD |
• 10.0 to 30.0%: Running |
— |
|||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
|||||
without load (2,000 rpm) |
|||||
ENGINE SPD |
Engine speed: |
550 to 800 rpm: Idling |
— |
||
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 16,383.75 rpm |
|||||
VEHICLE SPD |
Vehicle speed: |
Actual vehicle load |
— |
||
Min.: 0 km/h, Max.: 255 km/h |
|||||
Engine coolant temperature: |
• If value -40°C (-40°F): sensor |
||||
80 to 105°C (176 to 221°F): After |
circuit open |
||||
COOLANT TEMP |
Min.: -40°C (419°F), Max.: 140°C |
||||
warming up |
• If value 140°C (284°F): |
||||
(258°F) |
|||||
sensor circuit shorted |
|||||
THROTTLE POS |
Throttle position: |
10 to 22%: Idling |
Calculated value based on VTA1 |
||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
|||||
• |
0%: Accelerator pedal |
Recognition valve for throttle |
|||
THROTTLE POS |
Throttle position: |
released |
|||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
• 64 to 96%: Accelerator pedal |
opening angle on ECM |
|||
fully depressed |
|||||
SPD (NC) |
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 12750 rpm |
— |
— |
||
HINT: |
|||||
• Lock-up ON (After warming |
|||||
up the engine): |
|||||
Input turbine speed (NT) |
|||||
SPD (NT) |
Input turbine speed/ |
equal to the engine speed. |
— |
||
display: 50 r/min |
• Lock-up OFF (Idling at N |
||||
position): |
|||||
Input turbine speed (NT) |
|||||
nearly equal to the engine |
|||||
speed. |
|||||
CTP SW |
Closed throttle position switch: |
• ON: Throttle fully closed |
— |
||
ON or OFF |
• |
OFF: Throttle open |
|||
AX–48 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
|||
Range (display) |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
PNP SW [NSW] |
P and N: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
AX |
ON or OFF |
|||||
Except P and N: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-165. |
||||||
Stop light switch status/ |
• Brake pedal is depressed: |
|||||
STOP LIGHT SW |
ON |
— |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
• Brake pedal is released: OFF |
||||||
BATTERY VOLTAGE |
Battery voltage: |
9 to 14 V: Idling |
— |
|||
Min.: 0, Max.: 65.535 V |
||||||
TC/TE1 |
TC and TE1 terminals of DLC3: |
— |
Active Test support data |
|||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Fuel cut idle: |
FC IDL= «ON» when throttle valve |
|||||
FC IDL |
ON: Fuel cut operating |
fully closed and engine speed |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
over 2,800 rpm |
||||||
Fuel cut being performed under |
||||||
FC TAU |
Fuel cut TAU (Fuel cut during |
ON: Fuel cut operating |
very light load to prevent engine |
|||
very light load): |
combustion from becoming |
|||||
incomplete |
||||||
Shift lever position is; |
||||||
ECM gear shift command/ |
• D: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or |
— |
||||
SHIFT |
6th |
|||||
1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th |
||||||
• S: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or |
||||||
6th |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
REVERSE |
R: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except R: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
PARKING |
P: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except P: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
NEUTRAL |
N: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except N: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
DRIVE |
D and S: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except D and S: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–49 |
|||||||||
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
|||||||
Range (display) |
||||||||||
Sport shift up switch status/ |
• Press continuously «+» (Up |
|||||||||
SPORTS UP SW |
shift): ON |
— |
||||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
• Release «+» (Up shift): OFF |
||||||||||
Sport shift down switch status/ |
• |
Press continuously «-» (Down |
||||||||
SPORTS DOWN SW |
shift): ON |
— |
AX |
|||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
• |
Release «-» (Down shift): OFF |
|||||||||
Sport mode select switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
|||||||||
MODE SELECT SW |
S, «+» and «-«: ON |
— |
||||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
Except S, «+» and «-«: OFF |
||||||||||
Gear position 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th: |
||||||||||
TPS 1 SW |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
ON |
— |
|||||||
Gear position 5th or 6th: OFF |
||||||||||
Gear position 4th, 5th or 6th: ON |
||||||||||
TPS 2 SW |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
Gear position 1st, 2nd or 3rd: |
— |
|||||||
OFF |
||||||||||
Shift solenoid valve SLU is ON: |
||||||||||
TPS 3 SW |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
ON |
— |
|||||||
Shift solenoid valve SLU is OFF: |
||||||||||
OFF |
||||||||||
ATF temp. sensor value/ |
• |
After stall test; |
If the value is «-40°C (-40°F)» or |
|||||||
Approx. 80°C (176°F) |
||||||||||
A/T OIL TEMP 1 |
min.: -40°C (-40°F) |
«215°C (419°F)», ATF temp. |
||||||||
• Equal to ambient temperature |
||||||||||
max.: 215°C (419°F) |
sensor circuit is open or shorted. |
|||||||||
when cold soak |
||||||||||
NT SENS VOL |
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 5 V |
0.1 to 1.9 V |
— |
|||||||
NC SENS VOL |
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 5 V |
0.1 to 1.9 V |
— |
|||||||
ATF |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
— |
||||||||
LOCK UP |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
Lock up: ON |
— |
|||||||
LOCK UP SOL |
Lock up solenoid status/ |
• |
Lock up: ON |
— |
||||||
ON or OFF |
• Except lock up: OFF |
|||||||||
SOLENOID (SLU) |
Shift Solenoid SLU Status/ |
• |
Lock up: ON |
— |
||||||
ON or OFF |
• Except lock up: OFF |
|||||||||
• |
Accelerator pedal is |
|||||||||
SOLENOID (SLT) |
Shift solenoid SLT status/ |
depressed: OFF |
— |
|||||||
ON or OFF |
• Accelerator pedal is released: |
|||||||||
ON |
||||||||||
ENGINE SPD |
Engine speed: |
550 to 800 rpm: Idling |
— |
|||||||
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 16,383.75 rpm |
||||||||||
Intake air temperature |
• |
If value -40°C(-40°F): sensor |
||||||||
Equivalent to ambient air |
circuit open |
|||||||||
INTAKE AIR TEMP |
Min.: -40°C (-40°F), Max.: 140°C |
|||||||||
temperature |
• If value 140°C(284°F): sensor |
|||||||||
(258°F) |
||||||||||
circuit shorted |
||||||||||
Engine coolant temperature |
• |
If value -40°C (-40°F): sensor |
||||||||
80 to 105°C (176 to 221°F): After |
circuit open |
|||||||||
COOLANT TEMP |
Min.: -40°C (-40°F), Max.: 215°C |
|||||||||
warming up |
• If value 140°C (284°F): |
|||||||||
(419°F) |
||||||||||
sensor circuit shorted |
||||||||||
• |
Accelerator pedal released: |
Recognition value for throttle |
||||||||
THROTTLE POS |
Throttle sensor position: |
0% |
||||||||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
• |
Accelerator pedal fully |
opening angle on ECM |
|||||||
depressed: 64 to 96% |
||||||||||
Whether throttle position sensor |
||||||||||
THROTTLE POS |
detecting idle: |
ON: Idling |
— |
|||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
ACCEL POS |
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
— |
||||||||
#CODES |
# of Codes: |
— |
Number of detected DTCs |
|||||||
Min.: 0, Max.: 255 |
||||||||||
CHECK MODE |
Check mode: |
ON: Check mode ON |
— |
|||||||
0: OFF, 1: ON |
||||||||||
AX–50 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
|||
Range (display) |
||||||
Check mode result for vehicle |
||||||
SPD TEST |
speed sensor: |
— |
— |
|||
0: COMPL, 1: INCMPL |
||||||
MIL |
MIL status: |
ON: MIL ON |
— |
|||
AX |
ON or OFF |
|||||
MIL ON run distance: |
||||||
MIL ON RUN DIST |
Min.: 0 mile (65,535 km), |
Distance after DTC detected |
— |
|||
Max.: 110,950 mile (65,535 km) |
||||||
Running time from MIL ON: |
Equivalent to running time after |
— |
||||
MIL ON RUN TIME |
Min.: 0 minute, |
|||||
MIL ON |
||||||
Max.:65,535 minutes |
||||||
Engine run time: |
||||||
ENG RUN TIME |
Min.: 0 second, |
Time after engine start |
— |
|||
Max.: 65,535 seconds |
||||||
Time after DTC cleared: |
Equivalent to time after DTCs |
— |
||||
TIME DTC CLEAR |
Min.: 0 minute, |
|||||
erased |
||||||
Max.: 65,535 minutes |
||||||
Distance after DTC cleared: |
Equivalent to time after DTCs |
— |
||||
DIST DTC CLEAR |
Min.: 0 km/h, |
|||||
erased |
||||||
Max.: 65,535 km/h |
||||||
Warm-up cycle after DTC |
Number of warm-up cycles after |
|||||
WU CYC DTC CLEAR |
cleared: |
— |
||||
DTC cleared |
||||||
Min.: 0, Max.: 255 |
||||||
OBD CERT |
OBD requirement |
OBD2 |
— |
|||
Comprehensive component |
Comprehensive Component |
|||||
COMP ON |
monitor |
— |
||||
Monitor |
||||||
0: NOT AVL, 1: AVAIL |
||||||
Comprehensive component |
||||||
CCM ENA |
monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
Comprehensive component |
||||||
CCM CMPL |
monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
FUEL ENA |
Fuel system monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
FUEL CMPL |
Fuel system monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
MISFIRE ENA |
Misfire monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
MISFIRE CMPL |
Misfire monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
HTR ENA |
O2S (A/FS) heater monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
HTR CMPL |
O2S (A/FS) heater monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
O2S(A/FS) ENA |
O2S (A/FS) monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
O2S(A/FS) CMPL |
O2S (A/FS) monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
EVAP ENA |
EVAP monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
EVAP CMPL |
EVAP monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
CAT ENA |
Catalyst monitor: |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
CAT CMPL |
Catalyst monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
Loading…
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE UNIT
COMPONENTS
Fig. 340: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Unit Replacement Components With Torque Specifications (1 Of 7)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 1 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 341: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Unit Replacement Components With Torque Specifications (2 Of 7)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 2 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 342: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Unit Replacement Components With Torque Specifications (3 Of 7)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 3 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 343: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Unit Replacement Components With Torque Specifications (4 Of 7)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 4 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 344: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Unit Replacement Components With Torque Specifications (5 Of 7)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 5 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 345: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Unit Replacement Components With Torque Specifications (6 Of 7)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 6 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 346: Identifying Automatic Transaxle Unit Replacement Components (7 Of 7)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
DISASSEMBLY
1. REMOVE NO. 2 BREATHER PLUG
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the breather plug hose from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 7 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 347: Identifying No. 2 Breather Plug HoseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using a screwdriver, remove the breather plug from the breather plug hose.
c. Using a screwdriver, remove the O-ring from the breather plug.
d. Using a screwdriver, remove the breather plug cap from the breather plug hose.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 8 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 348: Identifying Breather Plug, Breather Plug Hose And Breather Plug CapCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
2. REMOVE PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the nut, washer, and control shaft lever from the control shaft.
Fig. 349: Identifying Nut, Washer And Control Shaft LeverCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the 2 bolts and the park/neutral position switch assembly from the transaxle case.
NOTE: Before removing the park/neutral position switch, remove any dirt or rust on theinstallation portion of the control shaft. Be sure to remove the switch straight along the shaft while being careful not to deform the plate spring that supports the shaft. If the plate spring is deformed, the park/neutral switch cannot be reinstalled correctly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 9 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 350: Locating Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
3. REMOVE OIL COOLER TUBE UNION (INLET OIL COOLER UNION)
a. Loosen the nut while holding the oil cooler tube union (inlet oil cooler union).
b. Remove the oil cooler tube union (inlet oil cooler union) from the transaxle case.
c. Remove the O-ring from the oil cooler tube union (inlet oil cooler union).
Fig. 351: Identifying Inlet Oil Cooler Tube UnionCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
4. REMOVE OIL COOLER TUBE UNION (OUTLET OIL COOLER UNION)
a. Loosen the nut while holding the oil cooler tube union (outlet oil cooler union).
b. Remove the oil cooler tube union (outlet oil cooler union) from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 10 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
c. Remove the O-ring from the oil cooler tube union (outlet oil cooler union).
Fig. 352: Identifying Outlet Oil Cooler Tube UnionCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
5. REMOVE NO. 1 TRANSAXLE CASE PLUG
a. Remove the 3 No. 1 transaxle case plugs from the transaxle case.
b. Using a screwdriver, remove the 3 O-rings from the 3 No. 1 transaxle case plugs.
Fig. 353: Identifying No. 1 Transaxle Case PlugsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using a hexagon wrench (6 mm), remove the 3 hexagon bolts from the transaxle housing.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 11 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
d. Remove the 3 gaskets from the 3 hexagon bolts.
Fig. 354: Identifying Gaskets And Hexagon BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
6. FIX AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
a. Secure the transaxle assembly on wooden blocks.
Fig. 355: Securing Transaxle Assembly On Wooden BlocksCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7. REMOVE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE OIL PAN SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using a hexagon wrench (6 mm), remove the overflow plug from the automatic transaxle oil pan sub-assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 12 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. Remove the gasket from the overflow plug.
Fig. 356: Locating Overflow PlugCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using a hexagon wrench (6 mm), remove the No. 1 oil filler tube from the automatic transaxle assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 13 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 357: Locating No. 1 Oil Filler TubeCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
d. Remove the 18 bolts, automatic transaxle oil pan sub-assembly, and gasket from the automatic transaxle assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 14 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 358: Locating Oil Pan BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
e. Remove the 2 magnets from the automatic transaxle oil pan sub-assembly.
Fig. 359: Identifying MagnetsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
8. INSPECT TRANSMISSION OIL CLEANER MAGNET (See INSPECTION )
9. REMOVE VALVE BODY OIL STRAINER ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the 2 bolts and oil strainer assembly from the valve body assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 15 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 360: Locating Oil Strainer BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the O-ring from the oil strainer assembly.
Fig. 361: Identifying O-RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
10. REMOVE TRANSMISSION VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the 11 bolts and valve body assembly from the transaxle case.
NOTE: When removing the transmission valve body assembly, be careful not to allow thetransmission revolution sensor and the transaxle case to interfere each other.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 16 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 362: Locating Valve Body BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
11. REMOVE TRANSAXLE CASE GASKET
a. Remove the 2 gaskets from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 17 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 363: Identifying Transaxle Case GasketsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
12. INSPECT INPUT SHAFT SUB-ASSEMBLY (See INSPECTION )
13. REMOVE TRANSAXLE REAR COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the refill plug from the transaxle rear cover.
b. Remove the gasket from the refill plug.
Fig. 364: Identifying Gasket And Refill PlugCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Remove the 2 No. 1 automatic transaxle case plugs from the transaxle rear cover.
d. Using a screwdriver, remove the 2 O-rings from the 2 No. 1 automatic transaxle case plugs.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 18 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 365: Identifying No. 1 Automatic Transaxle Case PlugsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
e. Remove the 14 bolts from the transaxle rear cover.
f. Using a brass bar and hammer, tap on the circumference of the rear transaxle cover, to remove the transaxle rearcover from the transaxle case.
Fig. 366: Identifying Transaxle Rear Cover BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
g. Using a screwdriver, remove the 3 O-rings from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 19 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 367: Identifying O-RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
h. Using a screwdriver, remove the 2 oil seal rings from the transaxle rear cover.
i. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race from the transaxle rear cover.
Fig. 368: Identifying Oil Seal Rings, Bearing And RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
j. Using a «TORX» wrench (T30), remove the 2 «TORX» screws and transaxle rear cover plate from the transaxle rear cover.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 20 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 369: Identifying TORX ScrewsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
k. Using SST, remove the needle roller bearing from the transaxle rear cover.
SST 09319-60020
Fig. 370: Removing Needle Roller Bearing From Transaxle Rear CoverCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
14. REMOVE DIRECT MULTIPLE DISC CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the direct multiple disc clutch assembly from the transaxle case.
b. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 21 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 371: Identifying Direct Multiple Disc Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
15. REMOVE DIRECT MULTIPLE DISC CLUTCH SNAP RING
a. Using 2 screwdrivers, remove the snap ring from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 22 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 372: Removing Snap Ring From Direct Multiple Disc Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the No. 2 direct clutch piston from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 23 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 373: Identifying No. 2 Direct Clutch PistonCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using a screwdriver, remove the intermediate shaft oil seal ring from the direct No. 2 direct clutch piston.
d. Using a screwdriver, remove the O-ring from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
Fig. 374: Identifying O-RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
16. REMOVE NO. 2 DIRECT MULTIPLE DISC CLUTCH FLANGE
a. Remove the flange, 3 clutch discs and 3 clutch plates from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 24 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 375: Identifying Flange, Clutch Discs And Clutch PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
17. INSPECT NO. 2 CLUTCH DISC (See INSPECTION )
18. REMOVE REAR PLANETARY SUN GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Using a snap ring expander, remove the snap ring from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 25 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 376: Identifying Snap RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the rear planetary sun gear from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
Fig. 377: Identifying Rear Planetary Sun Gear And Direct Multiple Disc Clutch Assembly
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 26 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
Fig. 378: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller Bearing And Thrust Needle Roller RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
19. INSPECT REAR PLANETARY SUN GEAR ASSEMBLY (See INSPECTION )
20. REMOVE NO. 1 DIRECT MULTIPLE DISC CLUTCH FLANGE
a. Using 2 screwdrivers, remove the 2 snap rings from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
Fig. 379: Identifying Snap RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 27 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. Remove the flange, 4 clutch discs, and 4 clutch plates from the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
21. INSPECT NO. 1 CLUTCH DISC (See INSPECTION )
Fig. 380: Identifying Clutch Flange, Discs And PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
22. REMOVE TRANSAXLE HOUSING
a. Remove the 20 bolts from the transaxle housing.
b. Using a brass bar and hammer, tap on the circumference of the transaxle housing to remove the transaxle housing from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 28 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 381: Identifying Transaxle Housing BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
23. REMOVE COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE
a. Using SST, remove the counter driven gear front tapered roller bearing outer race and shim from the transaxlehousing.
SST 09308-00010
Fig. 382: Removing Counter Driven Gear Front Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
24. REMOVE DIFFERENTIAL GEAR LUBE APPLY TUBE
a. Remove the bolt, clamp, and differential gear lube apply tube from the transaxle housing.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 29 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 383: Identifying Differential Gear Lube Apply TubeCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
25. REMOVE FRONT OIL PUMP AND GEAR BODY SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the 7 bolts and oil pump from the transaxle case.
b. Remove the O-ring from the oil pump assembly.
Fig. 384: Identifying O-RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race from the carrier lock nut.
d. Remove the O-ring from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 30 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 385: Identifying Race, Bearing And O-RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
26. REMOVE NO. 3 BRAKE DISC
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the oil pump assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 31 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 386: Identifying Snap RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the 2 brake flanges, 3 brake discs, and 2 brake plates from the oil pump assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 32 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 387: Identifying Brake Flanges, Discs, And PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
27. INSPECT NO. 3 BRAKE DISC (See INSPECTION )
28. REMOVE UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the underdrive planetary gear assembly from the oil pump assembly.
Fig. 388: Identifying Underdrive Planetary Gear Assembly And Oil Pump AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
29. REMOVE NO. 3 BRAKE HUB
a. Remove the No. 3 brake hub from the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 33 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 389: Identifying No. 3 Brake Hub And Underdrive Planetary Gear AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race from the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
Fig. 390: Identifying Race And BearingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
30. REMOVE UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY RING GEAR
a. Using needle-nose pliers, remove the snap ring from the underdrive planetary ring gear.
b. Remove the underdrive planetary ring gear from the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
Fig. 391: Identifying Underdrive Planetary Ring Gear And Snap RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 34 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
31. REMOVE PLANETARY SUN GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. While expanding the snap ring with snap ring pliers, remove the front planetary sun gear from the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
b. Remove the snap ring from the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
Fig. 392: Identifying Snap Ring And Underdrive Planetary Gear AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
32. INSPECT UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY (See INSPECTION )
33. INSPECT PLANETARY SUN GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY (See INSPECTION )
34. REMOVE INPUT SHAFT SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the input shaft from the oil pump assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 35 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 393: Identifying Input Shaft And Oil Pump AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race from the input shaft.
c. Using a screwdriver, remove the 3 input shaft oil seal rings from the input shaft.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 36 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 394: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller Bearing And Thrust Needle Roller RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
35. REMOVE UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY SUN GEAR
a. Remove the underdrive planetary sun gear from the oil pump assembly.
b. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing from the oil pump assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 37 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 395: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller Bearing And Oil Pump AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
36. REMOVE NO. 1 BRAKE DISC
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the 2 snap rings from the oil pump assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 38 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 396: Identifying Snap RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the flange, 4 brake discs, and 4 brake plates from the oil pump assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 39 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 397: Identifying Flange, Brake Discs And Brake PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
37. INSPECT NO. 1 BRAKE DISC (See INSPECTION )
38. REMOVE 2ND BRAKE PISTON RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the 3 2nd brake piston return springs from the oil pump assembly.
Fig. 398: Identifying 2nd Brake Piston Return SpringsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
39. INSPECT 2ND BRAKE PISTON RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY (See INSPECTION )
40. REMOVE NO. 1 BRAKE PISTON
a. Holding the oil pump assembly by hand, apply compressed air (392 kPa, 4.0 kgf/cm2 , 57 psi) to the oil pump assembly to remove the No. 1 brake piston.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 40 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 399: Applying Compressed Air To Oil Pump AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using a screwdriver, remove the 2 O-rings from the No. 1 brake piston.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 41 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 400: Identifying O-RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
41. REMOVE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE
a. Remove the differential case sub-assembly from the transaxle case.
Fig. 401: Identifying Differential Case Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
42. REMOVE COUNTER DRIVE GEAR NUT
a. Using a SST and hammer, unstake the nut.
SST 09930-00010
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 42 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 402: Unstaking Nut Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Turn the manual valve lever 2 notches counterclockwise to set it in the P position as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 43 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 403: Turning Manual Valve Lever Notches CounterclockwiseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using SST, remove the nut from the planetary gear assembly.
SST 09387-00130
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 44 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 404: Removing/Installing Planetary Gear Assembly Nut Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
43. REMOVE COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR
a. Turn the manual valve lever 2 notches clockwise to set it in the N position as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 45 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 405: Turning Manual Valve Lever Notches ClockwiseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the counter driven gear sub-assembly from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 46 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 406: Identifying Counter Driven Gear Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
44. REMOVE COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
a. Using SST, remove the counter driven gear front tapered roller bearing from the counter driven gear sub-assembly.
SST 09950-00020, 09950-00030, 09950-60010 (09951-00400)
Fig. 407: Removing Counter Driven Gear Front Tapered Roller Bearing Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
45. REMOVE COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
a. Using SST, remove the counter driven gear rear tapered roller bearing and differential drive pinion from the counter driven gear.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 47 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
SST 09950-40011 (09951 -04010, 09952-04010, 09954-04010, 09953-04020, 09955-04071, 09957-04010, 09958-04011), 09950-60010 (09951-00320)
Fig. 408: Removing Counter Driven Gear Rear Tapered Roller Bearing Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
46. REMOVE PAWL SHAFT CLAMP
a. Remove the bolt and pawl shaft clamp from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 48 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 409: Identifying Bolt And Pawl Shaft ClampCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
47. REMOVE PAWL STOPPER PLATE
a. Remove the 2 bolts and pawl stopper plate from the transaxle case.
Fig. 410: Identifying Bolts And Pawl Stopper PlateCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
48. REMOVE PARKING LOCK SLEEVE
a. Remove the parking lock sleeve from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 49 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 411: Identifying Parking Lock SleeveCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
49. REMOVE PARKING LOCK PAWL
a. Remove the spring, parking lock pawl pin, parking lock pawl shaft, and parking lock pawl from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 50 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 412: Identifying Spring And Parking Lock PawlCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
50. REMOVE COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE
a. Using SST, remove the counter driven gear rear tapered roller bearing outer race from the transaxle case.
SST 09308-00010
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 51 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 413: Removing Counter Driven Gear Rear Tapered Roller Bearing Outer Race Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
51. REMOVE ONE-WAY CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the transaxle case.
Fig. 414: Removing Snap Ring From Transaxle Case Using ScrewdriverCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the one-way clutch assembly with planetary ring gear from the transaxle case.
c. Remove the thrust needle roller bearing from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 52 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 415: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller BearingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
52. INSPECT ONE-WAY CLUTCH ASSEMBLY (See INSPECTION )
53. REMOVE PLANETARY RING GEAR
a. Remove the planetary ring gear from the one-way clutch assembly.
Fig. 416: Identifying Planetary Ring Gear And One-Way Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
54. REMOVE PLANETARY RING GEAR FLANGE
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the planetary ring gear.
b. Remove the planetary ring gear flange from the planetary ring gear.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 53 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 417: Identifying Planetary Ring Gear Flange And Planetary Ring GearCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
55. REMOVE NO. 2 BRAKE DISC
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 54 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 418: Removing Snap Ring From Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the brake flange, 5 brake discs, and 5 brake plates from the transaxle case.
Fig. 419: Identifying Brake Flange, Discs And PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
56. INSPECT NO. 2 BRAKE DISC (See INSPECTION )
57. REMOVE 1ST AND REVERSE BRAKE RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 55 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 420: Removing Snap Ring From Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the 1st and reverse brake return spring from the transaxle case.
Fig. 421: Identifying 1st And Reverse Brake Return SpringCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
58. INSPECT 1ST AND REVERSE BRAKE RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY (See INSPECTION )
59. REMOVE NO. 2 BRAKE PISTON
a. Apply compressed air (392 kPa, 4.0 kgf/cm2 , 57 psi) to the ATF hole indicated by the arrow to remove the No. 2 brake piston assembly from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 56 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 422: Applying Compressed Air To ATF HoleCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using a screwdriver, remove the 2 O-rings from the No. 2 brake piston.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 57 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 423: Identifying O-RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
60. REMOVE PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Using SST and a press, remove the planetary gear assembly from the transaxle case.
SST 09950-60010 (09951 -00580), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 58 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 424: Removing Planetary Gear Assembly Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
61. REMOVE COUNTER DRIVE GEAR
a. Using SST and a press, remove the counter drive gear and bearing inner race (rear side) from the transaxle case.
SST 09950-60020 (09951 -00710), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
Fig. 425: Removing Counter Drive Gear Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 59 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. As shown in the illustration, tighten the 3 bolts evenly and leave a clearance of approximately 20.0 mm (0.797 in.) between the counter drive gear and inner race.
Fig. 426: Tightening Counter Drive Gear BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using SST, remove the bearing inner race (front side) from the counter drive gear.
SST 09950-00020, 09950-00030, 09950-60020 (09951-00710)
Fig. 427: Removing Bearing Inner Race (Front Side) Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 60 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
62. REMOVE NO. 3 BRAKE PISTON
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the snap ring from the transaxle case.
Fig. 428: Identifying Snap RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Remove the brake piston return spring from the transaxle case.
c. Remove the No. 3 brake piston from the transaxle case.
Fig. 429: Identifying Brake Piston Return Spring And No. 3 Brake PistonCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
63. REMOVE MANUAL DETENT SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the bolt, cover, and manual detent spring sub-assembly from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 61 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 430: Identifying Manual Detent Spring Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
64. REMOVE PARKING LOCK ROD SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Remove the parking lock rod sub-assembly from the parking lock lever sub-assembly.
HINT:
Align the dial with the notches on the parking lock lever sub-assembly to remove the parking lock rod sub-assembly.
Fig. 431: Identifying Parking Lock Rod Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
65. REMOVE MANUAL VALVE LEVER SHAFT
a. Using needle-nose pliers, remove the manual valve lever shaft retainer spring from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 62 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 432: Identifying Manual Valve Lever Shaft Retainer SpringCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using a screwdriver, slide the spacer of the manual valve lever sub-assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 63 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 433: Sliding Spacer Of Manual Valve Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using a pin punch (3 mm) and hammer, drive out the slotted spring pin from the manual valve lever sub-assembly.
HINT:
Slowly drive out the pin so that it will not fall into the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 64 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 434: Driving Out Slotted Spring Pin From Manual Valve Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
d. Using a screwdriver, slide the spacer of the parking lock lever sub-assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 65 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 435: Sliding Spacer Of Parking Lock Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
e. Using a pin punch (3 mm) and hammer, drive out the slotted spring pin from the parking lock lever sub-assembly.
HINT:
Slowly drive out the pin so that it will not fall into the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 66 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 436: Driving Out Slotted Spring Pin From Parking Lock Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
f. Remove the manual valve lever shaft, manual valve lever sub-assembly, parking lock lever sub-assembly and 2 spacers from the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 67 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 437: Removing Manual Valve Lever Shaft, Manual Valve Lever And Parking Lock Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
66. REMOVE MANUAL VALVE LEVER SHAFT OIL SEAL
a. Using a screwdriver, remove the manual valve lever shaft oil seal from the transaxle case.
Fig. 438: Removing Manual Valve Lever Shaft Oil Seal From Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
INSPECTION
1. INSPECT TRANSMISSION OIL CLEANER MAGNET
a. Use the removed magnets to collect any steel chips. Examine the chips and particles in the pan and on the magnets to determine what type of wear has occurred in the transaxle:
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 68 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Result:
Steel (magnetic): Bearing, gear and plate wear
Brass (non-magnetic): Bearing wear
Fig. 439: Collecting Steel Chips From MagnetCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
2. INSPECT INPUT SHAFT SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using a dial indicator, measure the input shaft end Play.
End play:
0.012 to 1.250 mm (0.0005 to 0.0492 in.)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 69 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 440: Measuring Input Shaft End PlayCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
3. INSPECT NO. 2 CLUTCH DISC
a. Check if the sliding surfaces of the discs, plates, and flange are worn or burnt. If necessary, replace them.
Fig. 441: Identifying No. 2 Clutch DiscCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
4. INSPECT PLANETARY SUN GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using a dial indicator, measure the inside diameter of the bushings of the planetary sun gear.
NOTE: If the linings of the discs are peeled off or discolored, or even if a part of the groove is damaged, replace all discs.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 70 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Standard inside diameter:
25.525 to 25.546 mm (1.0049 to 1.0057 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:
25.546 mm (1.0057 in.)
If the inside diameter is greater than the maximum, replace the planetary gear sun gear.
Fig. 442: Measuring Inside Diameter Of Bushings Of Planetary Sun GearCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
5. INSPECT NO. 1 CLUTCH DISC
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 71 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
a. Check if the sliding surfaces of the discs, plates, and flange are worn or burnt. If necessary, replace them.
Fig. 443: Identifying No. 1 Clutch DiscCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
6. INSPECT NO. 3 BRAKE DISC
a. Check if the sliding surfaces of the discs, plates, and flange are worn or burnt. If necessary, replace them.
Fig. 444: Identifying No. 3 Brake Disc
NOTE: If the linings of the discs are peeled off or discolored, or even if a part of the groove is damaged, replace all discs.
NOTE: If the linings of the discs are peeled off or discolored, or even if a part of the groove is damaged, replace all discs.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 72 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7. INSPECT UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the underdrive planetary gear and the pinion gear at 4 points.
Standard clearance:
0.18 to 0.54 mm (0.0071 to 0.0213 in.)
If the clearance is greater than the standard clearance, replace the underdrive planetary gear sun gear.
Fig. 445: Measuring Clearance Between Underdrive Planetary Gear And Pinion GearCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
8. INSPECT REAR PLANETARY SUN GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Using a dial indicator, measure the inside diameter of the bushing of the rear planetary sun gear sub-assembly.
Standard inside diameter:
25.580 to 25.601 mm (1.0071 to 1.0079 in.)
Maximum inside diameter:
25.601 mm (1.0079 in.)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 73 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
If the inside diameter is greater than the maximum, replace the rear planetary sun gear sub-assembly.
Fig. 446: Measuring Inside Diameter Of Bushing Of Rear Planetary Sun Gear Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
9. INSPECT NO. 1 BRAKE DISC
a. Check if the sliding surfaces of the discs, plates, and flange are worn or burnt. If necessary, replace them.
NOTE: If the linings of the discs are peeled off or discolored, or even if a part of the groove is damaged, replace all discs.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 74 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 447: Inspecting No. 1 Brake DiscCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
10. INSPECT 2ND BRAKE PISTON RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the 3 2nd brake piston return springs including the spring seats.
Standard free length:
23.85 mm (0.9390 in.)
If the free length is shorter than the standard free length, replace the 2nd brake piston return spring.
Fig. 448: Measuring Free Length Of 2nd Brake Piston Return SpringsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
11. INSPECT ONE-WAY CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
a. Temporarily install the one-way clutch assembly to the planetary ring gear.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 75 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. Rotate the one-way clutch assembly to check the rotating direction for lock or free operation.
If the one-way clutch assembly does not operate normally, replace it.
Fig. 449: Identifying One-Way Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
12. INSPECT PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between the planetary gear case and each pinion gear at points A and B.
CLEARANCE SPECIFICATIONS
If the clearance is greater than the standard clearance, replace the planetary gear assembly.
— Standard ClearanceA point 0.23 to 0.59 mm (0.0091 to 0.0232 in.)B point 0.16 to 0.66 mm (0.0063 to 0.02598 in.)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 76 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 450: Measuring Clearance Between Planetary Gear Case And Each Pinion GearCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
13. INSPECT NO. 2 BRAKE DISC
a. Check if the sliding surfaces of the discs, plates, and flange are worn or burnt. If necessary, replace them.
NOTE: If the linings of the discs are peeled off or discolored, or even if a part of the groove is damaged, replace all discs.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 77 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 451: Identifying No. 2 Brake DiscCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
14. INSPECT 1ST AND REVERSE BRAKE RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using vernier calipers, measure the free length of the 1st and reverse brake return spring together with the spring seat.
Standard free length:
15.79 mm (0.6217 in.)
If the free length is shorter than the standard free length, replace the 1st and reverse brake return spring.
Fig. 452: Identifying Free Length Of 1st And Reverse Brake Return SpringCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
15. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 2 BRAKE
a. Using a dial indicator, measure the clearance of the No. 2 brake while applying compressed air (200 kPa, 2.0
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 78 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
kgf/cm2 , 29 psi).
Standard clearance:
0.884 to 1.196 mm (0.0348 to 0.0471 in.)
HINT:
Measure the clearance at 3 points where the brake piston diameter is approximately 140 mm (5.51 in.) and calculate the average.
If the clearance is not as specified, select an appropriate No. 2 brake flange so that the clearance will be within the specified range.
HINT:
There are 5 different thicknesses of flanges available.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 79 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 453: Measuring Clearance Of No. 2 BrakeCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
No. 2 brake flange thickness: mm (in.)
BRAKE FLANGE THICKNESS SPECIFICATIONS
16. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 1 BRAKE
a. Using a dial indicator, measure the clearance of the No. 1 brake while applying compressed air (200 kPa, 2.0
Thickness Thickness4.0 (0.157) 4.3 (0.169)
4.1 (0.161) 4.4(0.173)4.2 (0.165) —
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 80 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
kgf/cm2 , 29 psi).
Standard clearance:
0.807 to 0.974 mm (0.0318 to 0.0383 in.)
HINT:
Measure the clearance at 3 points where the brake piston diameter is approximately 140 mm (5.51 in.) and calculate the average.
If the clearance is not as specified, select an appropriate No. 1 brake flange so that the clearance will be within the specified range.
HINT:
There are 6 different thicknesses of flanges available.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 81 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 454: Measuring Clearance Of No. 1 BrakeCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
No. 1 brake flange thickness: mm (in.)
BRAKE FLANGE THICKNESS SPECIFICATIONS
17. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 3 BRAKE
a. Using vernier calipers and a straight edge, measure the distance shown in the illustration (Dimension A) while a
Thickness Thickness3.0(0.118) 3.3(0.130)
3.1 (0.122) 3.4 (0.134)3.2 (0.126) 3.5(0.138)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 82 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
load of 500 N (51 kgf, 112 lbf) is being applied to the flange.
HINT:
Measure dimension A at 3 points where the flange diameter is approximately 166 mm (6.54 in.) and calculate the average.
b. Using vernier calipers and a straight edge, measure the distance shown in the illustration. (Dimension B).
HINT:
Measure dimension B at 3 points where the No. 3 brake diameter is approximately 166 mm (6.54 in.) and calculate the average.
c. Calculate the clearance value using the following formula:
clearance = Dimension B — Dimension A
Standard clearance:
0.599 to 0.761 mm (0.0236 to 0.0300 in.)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 83 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 455: Identifying Front Oil Pump Assembly DimensionCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
If the clearance is not as specified, select an appropriate brake flange so that the clearance will be within the specified range.
HINT:
There are 6 different thicknesses of flanges available.
No. 3 brake flange thickness: mm (in.)
NO. 3 BRAKE FLANGE THICKNESS: MM (IN.)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 84 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
18. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 1 CLUTCH DISC
a. Install the direct multiple disc clutch assembly onto the transaxle rear cover.
b. Using a dial indicator, measure the No. 1 clutch pack clearance while applying and releasing compressed air (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm2 , 29 psi).
HINT:
Measure the clearance at 3 points where the flange diameter is approximately 152 mm (5.98 in.) and calculate the average.
Pack clearance:
0.806 to 0.974 mm (0.0317 to 0.0383 in.)
If the pack clearance is not as specified, inspect the discs, plates and flange.
HINT:
There are 6 different thicknesses of flanges available.
Thickness Thickness3.80 (0.150) 4.10(0.161)3.90(0.154) 4.20 (0.165)4.00(0.157) 4.30 (0.169)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 85 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 456: Measuring No. 1 Clutch Pack ClearanceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
No. 1 clutch flange thickness: mm (in.)
NO. 1 CLUTCH FLANGE THICKNESS: MM (IN.)
19. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 2 CLUTCH DISC
a. Install the direct multiple disc clutch assembly onto the transaxle rear cover.
Thickness Thickness3.0(0.118) 3.3 (0.130)3.1 (0.122) 3.4(0.134)3.2 (0.126) 3.5(0.138)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 86 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. Using a dial indicator, measure the No. 2 clutch pack clearance while applying and releasing compressed air (200 kPa, 2.0 kgf/cm2 , 29 psi).
HINT:
Measure the clearance at 3 points where the diameter of the No. 2 direct multiple clutch piston is approximately 152 mm (5.98 in.) and calculate the average.
Pack clearance:
0.544 to 0.744 mm (0.0214 to 0.0293 in.)
If the pack clearance is not as specified, inspect the discs, plates and flange.
HINT:
There are 6 different thicknesses of flanges available.
No. 2 clutch flange thickness: mm (in.)
NO. 2 CLUTCH FLANGE THICKNESS: MM (IN.)Thickness Thickness3.0(0.118) 3.3(0.130)3.1 (0.122) 3.4(0.134)3.2 (0.126) 3.5(0.138)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 87 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 457: Measuring No. 2 Clutch Pack ClearanceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
REASSEMBLY
1. BEARING POSITION
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 88 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 458: Identifying Bearing Position (1 Of 2)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 89 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 459: Identifying Bearing Position (2 Of 2)Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
BEARING AND RACE DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
2. INSTALL MANUAL VALVE LEVER SHAFT OIL SEAL
a. Coat the lip of a new manual valve lever shaft oil seal with MP grease.
b. Using SST and a hammer, install the manual valve lever shaft oil seal to the transaxle case.
SST 09950-60010 (09951 -00230), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
Oil seal installation depth:
-0.5 to 0.5 mm (-0.0197 to 0.0197 in.)
Mark Front Race Diameter Inside /Outside mm (in.)
Thrust Bearing Diameter Inside /Outside mm (in.)
Rear Race Diameter Inside /Outside mm (in.)
A — 57.7 (2.271)/75.2 (2.961) -B — 29.1 (1.146)/48.6 (1.913) 30.7 (1.209)/48.3 (1.902)C 65.9 (2.594)/80.3 (3.161) 62.6 (2.465) / 82.4 (3.244) -D 59.4 (2.339) / 77 (3.032) 53.1 (2.091)/79 (3.110) -E — 56.1 (2.209)/80.9 (3.185) -F — 61.2 (2.409)/79 (3.110) -G — 28 (1.102)/47.1 (1.854) 26.1 (1.028)/44 (1.732)H 52.2 (2.055) / 70.4 (2.772) 48.9 (1.925)/72.0 (2.835) —
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 90 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 460: Installing Manual Valve Lever Shaft Oil Seal To Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
3. INSTALL MANUAL VALVE LEVER SHAFT
a. Install a new spacer to the parking lock lever sub-assembly.
b. Install the parking lock lever sub-assembly to the manual valve lever shaft.
c. Install a new spacer to the manual valve lever sub-assembly.
d. Install the manual valve lever sub-assembly to the manual valve lever shaft.
e. Install the manual valve lever shaft to the transaxle case.
NOTE: Do not damage the manual valve lever shaft oil seal while installing the manual valve lever shaft to the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 91 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 461: Installing Manual Valve Lever Shaft, Manual Valve Lever Sub-Assembly And Parking Lock Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
f. Using a pin punch (3 mm) and hammer, install a new slotted spring pin to the parking lock lever sub-assembly.
Fig. 462: Installing Slotted Spring Pin To Parking Lock Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
g. Turn the spacer and the lever shaft to align the smaller hole of the spacer with the staking position mark on the lever shaft.
h. Using a pin punch, stake the spacer through the small hole.
i. Check that the spacer does not turn.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 92 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 463: Staking Spacer Through Small HoleCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
j. Using a pin punch (3 mm) and hammer, install a new slotted spring pin to the manual valve lever sub-assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 93 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 464: Installing Slotted Spring Pin To Manual Valve Lever Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
k. Turn the spacer and the lever shaft to align the smaller hole of the spacer with the staking position mark on the lever shaft.
l. Using a pin punch, stake the spacer through the small hole.
m. Check that the spacer does not turn.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 94 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 465: Staking Spacer Through Small HoleCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
n. Using needle-nose pliers, install the manual valve shaft retainer spring to the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 95 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 466: Identifying Manual Valve Lever Shaft Retainer SpringCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
4. INSTALL PARKING LOCK ROD SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Align the dial with the notches on the parking lock lever sub-assembly and install the parking lock rod sub-assembly.
Fig. 467: Identifying Parking Lock Rod Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
5. INSTALL MANUAL DETENT SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Install the manual detent spring sub-assembly and cover to the transaxle case with the bolt.
Torque: 23 N*m (234 kgf*cm, 17 ft.*lbf)
NOTE: Make sure to install the manual detent spring first and then the cover.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 96 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 468: Identifying Manual Detent Spring Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
6. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVE GEAR BEARING
a. Using SST and a press, install a new counter drive gear bearing and snap ring to the transaxle case.
SST 09950-60020 (09951 -01030), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
NOTE: Perform this procedure only when the counter drive gear bearing or transaxle case isreplaced.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 97 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 469: Installing Counter Drive Gear Bearing And Snap Ring Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7. INSTALL NO. 3 BRAKE PISTON
a. Coat the contact surface of the transaxle case with ATF.
b. Coat the lip seal of the No. 3 brake piston with ATF.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 98 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 470: Locating Lip Seal Of No. 3 Brake PistonCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Temporarily install the pawl stopper plate to the transaxle case with the 2 bolts.
Fig. 471: Locating Pawl Stopper Plate BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
d. Press the return spring installation surface to install the No. 3 brake piston to the transaxle case.
NOTE:� Make sure that the lip of the No. 3 brake piston is not twisted and does not
get caught in the transaxle case.
� After installing, make sure that the protrusions on the No. 3 brake piston and the grooves on the pawl stopper plate are aligned.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 99 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
e. Install the return spring to the transaxle case.
f. Remove the 2 bolts and pawl stopper plate from the transaxle case.
Fig. 472: Identifying No. 3 Brake Piston And Return SpringCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 100 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 473: Identifying Pawl Stopper Plate BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
g. Place SST on the brake piston return spring and compress the brake piston return spring with a press.
SST 09387-00070
h. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the transaxle case as shown in the illustration.
NOTE: Stop the press when the brake piston return spring is flush with the snap ring groove. This prevents the brake piston return spring from being deformed.
NOTE:� Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the transaxle case.
� Be sure to align the opening ends of the snap ring with the protrusions on the brake piston return spring as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 101 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
8. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVE GEAR
a. Using SST and a press, install the bearing inner race (front side) to the counter drive gear.
SST 09387-00020
Fig. 474: Installing Snap Ring To Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 102 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 475: Pressing Bearing Inner Race Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Install the bearing inner race (rear side) and counter drive gear to the transaxle case.
SST 09223-15030, 09527-17011, 09950-60020 (09951-00810), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
NOTE: There should not be any clearance between the bearing inner race (front side) and counter drive gear.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 103 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 476: Installing Bearing Inner Race (Rear Side) Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
9. INSTALL FRONT PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Using SST and a press, press in the planetary gear assembly to the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 104 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
SST 09223-15030, 09527-17011, 09951 -01100
Fig. 477: Pressing Planetary Gear Assembly To Transaxle Case Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 105 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
10. INSTALL NO. 2 BRAKE PISTON
a. Coat 2 new O-rings with ATF and install them to the No. 2 brake piston.
Fig. 478: Identifying O-RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Install the No. 2 brake piston to the transaxle case.
NOTE: Ensure that the 2 O-rings are not twisted.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the O-rings.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 106 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 479: Identifying No. 2 Brake PistonCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
11. INSTALL 1ST AND REVERSE BRAKE RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Install the 1st and reverse brake return spring to the transaxle case.
b. Place SST on the 1st and reverse brake return spring and compress the 1st and reverse brake return spring with a press.
SST 09387-00060
c. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the transaxle case as shown in the illustration.
NOTE: Stop the press when the 1st and reverse brake return spring is flush with the snap ring groove. This prevents the 1st and reverse brake return spring from beingdeformed.
NOTE:� Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the transaxle case.
� Be sure to align the opening ends of the snap ring with the protrusions on the transaxle case as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 107 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 108 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
12. INSTALL NO. 2 BRAKE DISC
a. Install the 5 brake discs, 5 brake plates, and brake flange to the transaxle case.
Fig. 481: Identifying Brake Flange, Brake Discs And Brake PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the transaxle case.
Fig. 480: Installing Snap Ring To Transaxle Case Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
NOTE: Make sure that the discs, plates, and flange are installed in the correct order.
NOTE:� Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the transaxle case.
� Be sure to align the opening ends of the snap ring with the protrusions on the transaxle case as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 109 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
13. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 2 BRAKE (See INSPECTION )
14. INSTALL PLANETARY RING GEAR FLANGE
a. Install the planetary ring gear flange to the planetary ring gear.
b. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the planetary ring gear.
Fig. 482: Installing Snap Ring To Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
NOTE: Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the planetary ring gear.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 110 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 483: Identifying Planetary Ring Gear Flange And Planetary Ring GearCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
15. INSTALL PLANETARY RING GEAR
a. Install the planetary ring gear to the one-way clutch assembly.
NOTE: Make sure that the one-way clutch assembly is positioned in the correct direction as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 111 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 484: Identifying Planetary Ring Gear And One-Way Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
16. INSTALL ONE-WAY CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
a. Coat the thrust needle roller bearing with ATF, and install it onto the planetary gear assembly.
Bearing diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
b. Install the one-way clutch assembly to the transaxle case.
— Inside OutsideBearing 56.1 (2.209) 80.9(3.185)
NOTE: Install the thrust needle roller bearing properly so that the temper colored side of the race will be visible.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no clearance between the retainer and the claw on the one-way clutch assembly. If there is any clearance, the spring of the retainer will be deformed.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 112 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 485: Identifying One-Way Clutch Assembly And RetainerCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 113 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
17. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE
a. Using SST and a hammer, install the counter driven gear rear tapered roller bearing outer race to the transaxle
NOTE:� Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the transaxle case.
� Be sure to align the opening ends of the snap ring with the protrusions on the transaxle case.
Fig. 486: Installing Snap Ring To Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 114 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
case.
SST 09950-60010 (09951 -00650), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
Fig. 487: Installing Counter Driven Gear Rear Tapered Roller Bearing Outer RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
18. INSTALL PARKING LOCK PAWL
a. Install the parking lock pawl to the transaxle case with the parking lock pawl shaft.
b. Install the parking lock pawl pin to the transaxle case.
NOTE: Be sure to install the counter driven gear rear tapered roller bearing outer race so that there is no clearance between the bearing outer race and the transaxle case. If there is any clearance, the turning torque of the counter drive gear cannot be measured correctly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 115 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 488: Identifying Spring And Parking Lock PawlCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Install the torsion spring to the parking lock pawl.
NOTE: Make sure that one end of the spring is fixed in the hole of the transaxle case and the other end is positioned on the parking lock pawl as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 116 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 489: Identifying Torsion SpringCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
19. INSTALL PARKING LOCK SLEEVE
a. Install the parking lock sleeve to the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 117 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 490: Identifying Parking Lock SleeveCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
20. INSTALL PAWL STOPPER PLATE
a. Install the pawl stopper plate to the transaxle case with the 2 bolts.
Torque: 23 N*m (234 kgf*cm, 17 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 491: Identifying Bolts And Pawl Stopper PlateCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
21. INSTALL PAWL SHAFT CLAMP
a. Install the pawl shaft clamp to the transaxle case with the bolt.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 118 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Torque: 23 N*m (234 kgf*cm, 17 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 492: Identifying Bolt And Pawl Shaft ClampCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
22. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
a. Using SST and a press, install a new the counter driven gear front tapered roller bearing to the counter driven gear sub-assembly.
SST 09950-60010 (09951 — 00530)
NOTE: Be sure to install the counter driven gear front tapered roller bearing so that there is no clearance between the bearing and the counter driven gear. If there is any clearance, the turning torque of the counter drive gear cannot be measured correctly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 119 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 493: Installing Counter Driven Gear Front Tapered Roller Bearing Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
23. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR REAR TAPERED ROLLER BEARING
a. Using SST and a press, install a new the counter driven gear rear tapered roller bearing to the counter driven gear sub-assembly.
SST 09950-60010(09951-00420)
NOTE: Be sure to install the counter driven gear rear tapered roller bearing and the differential drive pinion so that there is no clearance between each of them andthe counter driven gear.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 120 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 494: Installing Counter Driven Gear Rear Tapered Roller Bearing Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
24. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR
a. Install the counter driven gear sub-assembly to the transaxle case.
Fig. 495: Identifying Counter Driven Gear Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
25. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVE GEAR NUT
a. Turn the manual shaft lever 2 notches counterclockwise to set it in the P position as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 121 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 496: Turning Manual Valve Lever Notches CounterclockwiseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using SST, install a new nut.
SST 09387-00130
Torque: 120 N*m (1,223 kgf*cm, 88 ft.*lbf)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 122 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 497: Removing/Installing Planetary Gear Assembly Nut Using SSTCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Turn the manual shaft lever 2 notches clockwise to set it in the N position as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 123 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 498: Turning Manual Valve Lever Notches ClockwiseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
d. Using SST and a torque wrench, measure the turning torque of the bearing while rotating SST at 60 RPM.
SST 09387-00130
Turning torque:
0.10 to 0.22
N*m (1.02 to 2.24 kgf*cm, 0.89 to 1.94 in.*lbf)
When the measured value is not within the specified range, gradually tighten the nut until the turning toque falls within the specified range.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 124 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Maximum torque:
180 N*m (1,835 kgf*cm, 132 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 499: Measuring Turning Torque Of BearingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
e. Using SST and a hammer, stake the planetary gear assembly.
SST 09930-00010
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 125 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 500: Staking Planetary Gear Assembly Using SST And HammerCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
26. INSTALL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL CASE
a. Install the differential case sub-assembly to the transaxle case.
Fig. 501: Identifying Differential Case Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
27. INSPECT DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR (See INSPECTION )
28. INSTALL NO. 1 BRAKE PISTON
a. Coat 2 new O-rings with ATF and install them to the No. 1 brake piston.
NOTE: Ensure that the 2 O-rings are not twisted.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 126 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 502: Identifying O-RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Install the No. 1 brake piston to the oil pump assembly.
Fig. 503: Identifying No. 1 Brake PistonCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
29. INSTALL 2ND BRAKE PISTON RETURN SPRING SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Install the 3 2nd brake piston return springs to the oil pump assembly.
NOTE: Be careful not to damage the O-rings.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 127 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 504: Identifying 2nd Brake Piston Return SpringsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
30. INSTALL NO. 1 BRAKE DISC
a. Install the 4 brake discs, 4 brake plates, and brake flange to the oil pump assembly.
NOTE: Make sure that the 3 2nd brake piston return springs are installed straight through the protrusions on the oil pump assembly.
NOTE:� Make sure that the discs, plates, and flange are installed in the correct order.
� Be sure to install the flange in the correct direction.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 128 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. Place SST on the flange and compress the flange with a press.
SST 09387-00070,09495-65040
c. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the transaxle case as shown in the illustration (#1).
Fig. 505: Identifying Brake Discs, Brake Plates And FlangeCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
NOTE: Stop the press when the brake piston return spring is flush with the snap ring groove. This prevents the brake piston return spring from being deformed.
NOTE:� Confirm the snap ring is fixed in the groove of the oil pump.
� Be sure to align the opening ends of the snap ring with the protrusions on the brake piston return spring as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 129 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
d. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the oil pump assembly as shown in Fig. 506 (#2).
31. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 1 BRAKE (See INSPECTION )
32. INSTALL UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY SUN GEAR
a. Coat the thrust needle roller bearing with ATF, and install it to the oil pump assembly.
Fig. 506: Installing Snap Ring To Transaxle CaseCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
NOTE: � Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the oil pump.
� Be sure to align the opening ends of the snap ring with the protrusions on the brake piston return spring as shown in Fig. 506.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 130 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Bearing diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
b. Install the underdrive planetary sun gear to the oil pump assembly.
Fig. 507: Identifying Underdrive Planetary Sun Gear And Oil Pump AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
33. INSTALL INPUT SHAFT SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Coat the 3 input shaft oil seal rings with ATF and install them to the input shaft.
— Inside OutsideBearing 57.7 (2.272) 75.2(2.961)
NOTE: Install the thrust needle roller bearing properly so that the temper colored side of the race will be visible.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 131 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. Coat the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race with ATF, and install them on the oil pump assembly.
Bearing diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
Fig. 508: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller Bearing And Thrust Needle Roller RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Install the input shaft to the oil pump assembly.
NOTE: Do not expand the gap of the oil seal ring too much.
— Inside OutsideBearing 29.1 (1.146) 48.6(1.913)
Race 30.7(1.209) 48.3(1.902)
NOTE: Be sure to install the thrust needle roller bearing in the correct direction.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 132 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 509: Identifying Input Shaft And Oil Pump AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
34. INSTALL PLANETARY SUN GEAR SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using a snap ring expander, install the snap ring to the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
b. Using a snap ring expander, install the front planetary sun gear sub-assembly to the underdrive planetary gear assembly with the snap ring expanded.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 133 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 510: Identifying Snap Ring And Underdrive Planetary Gear AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
35. INSTALL UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY RING GEAR
a. Install the underdrive planetary ring gear to the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
b. Using needle-nose pliers, install the snap ring to the underdrive planetary ring gear.
NOTE: Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the underdrive planetary ring gear.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 134 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 511: Identifying Underdrive Planetary Ring Gear And Snap RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
36. INSTALL NO. 3 BRAKE HUB
a. Coat the thrust needle roller bearing with ATF and install it on the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
Bearing diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
Fig. 512: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller BearingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
— Inside OutsideBearing 62.6 (2.464) 82.9 (3.263)
Race 65.9 (2.594) 80.3(3.161)
NOTE: Install the thrust needle roller bearing properly so that the temper colored side of the race will be visible.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 135 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
b. Coat the race with MP grease and install it to the No. 3 brake hub.
Fig. 513: Identifying Race And No. 3 Brake HubCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Install the No. 3 brake hub to the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
Fig. 514: Identifying No. 3 Brake Hub And Underdrive Planetary Gear AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
37. INSTALL UNDERDRIVE PLANETARY GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Install the underdrive planetary gear assembly to the oil pump assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 136 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 515: Identifying Underdrive Planetary Gear Assembly And Oil Pump AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
38. INSTALL NO. 3 BRAKE DISC
a. Install the 2 brake flanges, 3 brake discs, and 2 brake plates to the oil pump assembly.
NOTE: Make sure that the discs, plates, and flange are installed in the correct order.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 137 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 516: Identifying Brake Flanges, Discs, And PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the oil pump assembly.
NOTE:� Confirm the snap ring is fixed in the groove of the oil pump.
� Be sure to align the opening ends of the snap ring with the protrusions on the brake piston return spring as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 138 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 517: Aligning Opening Ends Of Snap Ring With Protrusions On Brake Piston Return SpringCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
39. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 3 BRAKE
40. INSTALL FRONT OIL PUMP AND GEAR BODY SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Coat the O-ring with ATF and install it to the transaxle case.
b. Goat the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race with ATF and install them on the underdrive planetary gear assembly.
Bearing and race diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING AND RACE DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS- Inside Outside
Bearing 53.1 (2.091) 79 (3.11)Race 59.4 (2.339) 77 (3.03)
NOTE: Install the thrust needle roller bearing properly so that the temper colored side of the race will be visible.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 139 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 518: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller Bearing And Thrust Needle Roller RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Coat the O-ring with ATF and install it to the oil pump.
d. Install the oil pump assembly to the transaxle case with the 7 bolts.
Torque: 23 N*m (234 kgf*cm, 17 ft.*lbf)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 140 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 519: Identifying O-RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
41. INSTALL DIFFERENTIAL GEAR LUBE APPLY TUBE
a. Install the differential gear lube apply tube to the transaxle housing.
b. Install the apply tube clamp to the differential gear lube apply tube with the bolt.
Torque: 23 N*m (234 kgf*cm, 17 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 520: Identifying Differential Gear Lube Apply Tube
NOTE: Insert the differential lube apply tube into the transaxle case until it makes contact with the stopper.
NOTE: There should be clearance between the differential lube apply tube and apply tubeclamp.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 141 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
42. INSTALL COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR FRONT TAPERED ROLLER BEARING OUTER RACE
a. Install the shim to the transaxle housing.
b. Using SST, install a new counter driven gear front tapered roller bearing outer race to the transaxle housing.
SST 09950-60020 (09951 -00810), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
Fig. 521: Installing Counter Driven Gear Front Tapered Roller Bearing Outer RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
43. INSTALL TRANSAXLE HOUSING
a. Remove packing material from the contact surface between the transaxle housing and case.
b. Apply FIPG to the transaxle case.
FIPG:
Toyota Genuine Seal Packing 1281, Three Bond 1281 or equivalent.
NOTE: Be sure to install the counter driven gear front tapered roller bearing outer race so that there is no clearance between the shim and the transaxle housing.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ATF on the contact surface.
NOTE: Apply a bead of FIPG (width 1.2 mm (0.047 in.)) along the sealing surface.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 142 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 522: Applying Bead Of FIPG To Sealing SurfaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Install the transaxle housing to the transaxle case with the 20 bolts.
Torque:
Bolt A
31 N*m (316 kgf*cm, 23 ft.*lbf)
Bolt B
23 N*m (234 kgf*cm, 17 ft.*lbf)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 143 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 523: Identifying Transaxle Case BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
44. ADJUST COUNTER DRIVEN GEAR PRELOAD
a. Using SST and a torque wrench, measure the turning torque of the counter driven gear while rotating SST at 10 RPM.
SST 09564-33010
Turning torque:
Differential side bearing preload 3.29 to 6.07
N*m (33.53 to 61.86 kgf*cm, 2.42 to 4.46 ft.*lbf)
If the turning torque is not within the specified range, refer to the table below to select a shim of the counter driven gear front tapered roller bearing outer race so that the turning torque is within the specified range.
SHIM THICKNESS SPECIFICATIONSThickness Thickness Thickness Thickness
2.000 (0.0787) 2.275 (0.0896) 2.525 (0.0994) 2.775 (0.1093)2.025 (0.0797) 2.300 (0.0906) 2.550(0.1004) 2.800 (0.1102)2.050 (0.0807) 2.325(0.0915) 2.575 (0.1014) 2.825 (0.1112)2.075 (0.0817) 2.350 (0.0925) 2.600(0.1024) 2.850 (0.1122)2.100 (0.0827) 2.375 (0.0935) 2.625 (0.1034) 2.875 (0.1132)2.125 (0.0837) 2.400 (0.0945) 2.650(0.1043) 2.900 (0.1142)2.150 (0.0847) 2.425 (0.0955) 2.675 (0.1053) 2.925 (0.1152)2.175(0.0856) 2.450 (0.0965) 2.700(0.1063) 2.950(0.1161)2.200 (0.0866) 2.475 (0.0974) 2.725 (0.1073) 2.975(0.1171)2.225 (0.0876) 2.500 (0.0984) 2.750 (0.1083) 3.000(0.1181)2.250 (0.0886) — — —
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 144 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 524: Measuring Turning Torque Of Counter Driven GearCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
45. INSTALL NO. 1 CLUTCH DISC
a. Install the clutch flange, 4 clutch discs, and 4 clutch plates to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
NOTE: Make sure that the flange, discs, and plates are installed in the correct order.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 145 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 525: Identifying Clutch Flange, Discs And PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Using a screwdriver, install the 2 snap rings to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
NOTE: Confirm that the snap ring is secured in the groove of the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 146 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 526: Identifying Snap RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
46. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 1 CLUTCH DISC (See INSPECTION )
47. INSTALL REAR PLANETARY SUN GEAR ASSEMBLY
a. Coat the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race with ATF, and install them to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
Bearing and race diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING AND RACE DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS- Inside Outside
Bearing 28(1.10) 47.1 (1.854)Race 26.1 (1.028) 44(1.73)
NOTE: Install the thrust needle roller bearing properly so that the temper colored side of the race will be visible.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 147 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 527: Identifying Thrust Needle Roller Bearing And Thrust Needle Roller RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Install the rear planetary sun gear to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 148 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 528: Identifying Rear Planetary Sun Gear And Direct Multiple Disc Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using a snap ring expander, install the snap ring to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
Fig. 529: Identifying Snap Ring
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 149 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
48. INSTALL NO. 2 CLUTCH DISC
a. Install the clutch flange, 3 clutch discs, and 3 clutch plates to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
Fig. 530: Identifying Flange, Clutch Discs And Clutch PlatesCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
49. INSTALL DIRECT MULTIPLE DISC CLUTCH SNAP RING
a. Coat a new O-ring with ATF and install it to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
b. Coat a new intermediate shaft oil seal ring with ATF and install it to the intermediate shaft.
NOTE: Make sure that the flange, discs, and plates are installed in the correct order.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 150 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 531: Identifying O-Ring And Intermediate Shaft Oil SealCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Install the No. 2 direct clutch piston to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
NOTE: Be sure to engage the claws on the direct multiple disc clutch assembly to the grooves on the No. 2 direct clutch piston.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 151 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 532: Installing No. 2 Direct Clutch Piston To Direct Multiple Disc Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
d. Using a screwdriver, install the snap ring to the direct multiple disc clutch assembly.
NOTE: Position the opening of the snap ring as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 152 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 533: Installing Snap Ring To Direct Multiple Disc Clutch AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
50. INSPECT CLEARANCE OF NO. 2 CLUTCH DISC (See INSPECTION )
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 153 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 534: Identifying Needle Roller BearingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
51. INSTALL REAR MULTIPLE DISC CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
a. Coat the thrust needle roller bearing with ATF and install it on the transaxle case.
Bearing diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
b. Install the direct multiple disc clutch assembly to the transaxle case.
c. Clean the contact surface of the transaxle case and transaxle rear cover.
d. As shown in the illustration, place a straight edge on the multiple direct clutch drum and measure the distance between the transaxle case and the straight edge using vernier calipers (Dimension A).
— Inside OutsideBearing 61.2(2.409) 79(3.11)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 154 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 535: Identifying Distance Between Transaxle Case And Straight EdgeCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
e. Using vernier calipers and a straight edge, measure the distance shown in the illustration. (Dimension B)
f. Calculate the end play value using the following formula:
End play = Dimension B — Dimension A
End play:
0.007 to 1.113 mm (0.0003 to 0.0438 in.)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 155 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 536: Measuring Dimension BCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
52. INSTALL TRANSAXLE REAR COVER SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Using SST and a hammer, install the needle roller bearing into the transaxle rear cover.
SST 09950-60010 (09951 -00220), 09950-70010 (09951-07100)
Press installation depth:
21.5 to 21.9 mm (0.8464 to 08622 in.)
b. Apply sealant to the 2 «TORX» screws.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 156 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Adhesive:
Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1324, Three Bond 1324 or equivalent
Fig. 537: Installing Needle Roller Bearing Into Transaxle Rear CoverCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Using a «TORX» wrench (T30), install the transaxle rear cover plate to the transaxle rear cover with the 2 «TORX» screws.
Torque: 7.5 N*m (76 kgf*cm, 66 in.*lbf)
Fig. 538: Identifying TORX ScrewsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 157 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
d. Coat the thrust needle roller bearing and thrust needle roller race with ATF and install it on the transaxle case.
Bearing diameter: mm (in.)
BEARING DIAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
e. Coat the 2 new oil seals with ATF and install them to the transaxle rear cover.
Fig. 539: Identifying Oil Seal Ring, Bearing And RaceCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
f. Coat the 3 O-rings with ATF and install them to the transaxle case.
— Inside OutsideBearing 48.9(1.925) 72.0 (2.835)
Race 52.2 (2.055) 70.4 (2.772)
NOTE: Ensure that the 3 O-rings are not twisted.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 158 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 540: Identifying O-RingsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
g. Remove packing material from the contact surfaces between the transaxle rear cover and transaxle case.
FIPG:
Toyota Genuine Seal Packing 1281, Three Bond 1281 or equivalent.
Fig. 541: Identifying Packing MaterialCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no ATF on the contact surface.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 159 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
h. Install the transaxle rear cover to the transaxle case with the 14 bolts.
Torque:
Bolt A
23 N*m (234 kgf*cm, 17 ft.*lbf)
Bolt B
17 N*m (173 kgf*cm, 12 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 542: Identifying Transaxle Rear Cover BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
i. Install a new gasket to the refill plug.
j. Install the refill plug to the transaxle rear cover.
Torque: 49 N*m (500 kgf*cm, 36 ft.*lbf)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 160 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 543: Identifying Gasket And Refill PlugCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
k. Coat 2 new O-rings with ATF and install them to the 2 No. 1 automatic transaxle case plugs.
l. Install the 2 No. 1 automatic transaxle case plugs to the transaxle rear cover.
Torque: 7.4 N*m (75 kgf*cm, 65 in.*lbf)
Fig. 544: Identifying No. 1 Automatic Transaxle Case PlugsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
53. INSPECT INPUT SHAFT END PLAY (See INSPECTION )
54. INSTALL TRANSAXLE CASE GASKET
a. Coat the 2 gaskets with ATF and install them to the transaxle case.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 161 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 545: Identifying GasketsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
55. INSTALL TRANSMISSION VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY
a. Install the valve body assembly to the transaxle case with the 11 bolts.
Torque: 11 N*m (112 kgf*cm, 8 ft.*lbf)
BOLT LENGTH SPECIFICATIONS- Bolt length
Bolt A 25 mm (0.98 in.)Bolt B 30 mm (1.18 in.)Bolt C 35 mm (1.38 in.)Bolt D 45 mm (1.77 in.)Bolt E 55 mm (2.17 in.)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 162 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 546: Locating Transaxle Case BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
56. INSTALL VALVE BODY OIL STRAINER ASSEMBLY
a. Coat a new O-ring with ATF and install it to the oil strainer assembly.
NOTE:� When installing the transmission valve body assembly, be careful not to
allow the transmission revolution sensor and transaxle case to interfere each other.
� Be sure to insert the pin of the manual valve lever into the groove on the end of the manual valve.
� First, temporarily tighten the bolts marked by (*1) in the illustration because they are positioning bolts.
NOTE: Ensure that the O-ring is not twisted or pinched.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 163 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 547: Identifying O-RingCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Install the oil strainer assembly to the valve body assembly with the 2 bolts.
Torque: 11 N*m (112 kgf*cm, 8 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 548: Locating Oil Strainer BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
57. INSTALL AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE OIL PAN SUB-ASSEMBLY
a. Install the 2 magnets in the automatic transaxle oil pan sub-assembly.
b. Apply adhesive to the 18 bolts.
Adhesive:
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 164 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Toyota Genuine Adhesive 1344, Three Bond 1344 or equivalent.
Fig. 549: Identifying Magnets In Automatic Transaxle Oil Pan Sub-AssemblyCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
c. Install the automatic transaxle oil pan sub-assembly and a new gasket to the transaxle case with the 18 bolts.
Torque: 7.5 N*m (76 kgf*cm, 66 in.*lbf)
NOTE:� In order to ensure proper sealing of the transmission pan bolts, apply adhesive to
the bolts and install them within 10 minutes of adhesive application.
� Completely remove any oil or grease from the contact surface of the transaxle case and oil pan sub-assembly with the gasket before installation.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 165 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
d. Install the No. 1 oil filler tube from the automatic transaxle assembly.
Fig. 550: Locating Oil Pan BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 166 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 551: Locating No. 1 Oil Filler TubeCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
e. Install the overflow plug and a new gasket to the oil pun sub-assembly.
Torque: 40 N*m (408 kgf*cm, 30 ft.*lbf)
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 167 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 552: Locating Overflow PlugCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
58. INSTALL NO. 1 TRANSAXLE CASE PLUG
a. Install the 3 gaskets to the 3 hexagon bolts.
b. Apply adhesive to the 3 hexagon bolts.
Adhesive:
Toyota Genuine Seal Packing 1344, Three Bond 1344 or equivalent.
c. Install the 3 hexagon bolts to the transaxle housing with the gaskets.
Torque: 29 N*m (296 kgf*cm, 21 ft.*lbf)
NOTE: In order to ensure proper sealing of the hexagon bolts, apply adhesive to the bolts and install them within 10 minutes of adhesive application.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 168 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 553: Identifying Gaskets And Hexagon BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
d. Coat 3 new O-rings with the ATF and install them to the 3 No. 1 transaxle case plugs.
e. Install the 3 No. 1 transaxle case plugs to the transaxle case.
Torque: 7.4 N*m (75 kgf*cm, 65 in.*lbf)
Fig. 554: Identifying No. 1 Transaxle Case PlugsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
59. INSTALL OIL COOLER TUBE UNION (OUTLET OIL COOLER UNION)
a. Coat a new O-ring with ATF and install it to the oil cooler tube union (outlet oil cooler union).
b. Install the oil cooler tube union (outlet oil cooler union) to the transaxle case as shown in the illustration.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 169 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Torque: 27 N*m (275 kgf*cm, 20 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 555: Identifying Outlet Oil Cooler Tube UnionCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
60. INSTALL OIL COOLER TUBE UNION (INLET OIL COOLER UNION)
a. Coat a new O-ring with ATF and install it to the oil cooler tube union (inlet oil cooler union).
b. Install the oil cooler tube union (inlet oil cooler union) to the transaxle case.
Torque: 27 N*m (275 kgf*cm, 20 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 556: Identifying Inlet Oil Cooler Tube UnionCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 170 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
61. INSTALL PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ASSEMBLY
a. Align the protrusions of the park/neutral position switch.
Fig. 557: Aligning Protrusions Of Park/Neutral Position SwitchCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
b. Install the park/neutral position switch to the control shaft with the 2 bolts.
Torque: 5.4 N*m (55 kgf*cm, 48 in.*lbf)
NOTE:� Before installing the park/neutral position switch, remove any dirt or rust on the
installation portion of the control shaft. Be sure to install the switch straight along the shaft while being careful not to deform the plate spring that supports the shaft. If the plate spring is deformed, the park/neutral switch cannot be reinstalledcorrectly.
� After installing the park/neutral position switch, confirm that the 2 protrusions on the switch are aligned.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 171 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
c. Install the control shaft lever to the control shaft with the washer and nut.
Torque: 13 N*m (130 kgf*cm, 9 ft.*lbf)
Fig. 559: Identifying Nut, Washer And Control Shaft LeverCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
62. INSTALL BREATHER PLUG HOSE
a. Install a new O-ring to the breather plug.
b. Install the breather plug to the breather plug hose.
c. Install the breather plug cap to the breather plug hose.
Fig. 558: Locating Park/Neutral Position Switch Assembly BoltsCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 172 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Fig. 560: Identifying Breather Plug, Breather Plug Hose And Breather Plug CapCourtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
d. Install the breather plug hose to the transaxle case.
Fig. 561: Identifying Breather Plug Hose
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 173 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
Courtesy of TOYOTA MOTOR SALES, U.S.A., INC.
© 2008 Mitchell Repair Information Co., LLC.
7/30/2012http://www.ondemand5.com/mric/common/asp/printart.aspx
Page 174 of 174AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION — U660E (EXCEPT HYBRID) -2008 Toyota Camry SE
АКПП Toyota / Aisin U660E, U760E
6-ступенчатая АКПП U660E пр-ва Айсин разработана в 2006-м году для переднеприводных Лексусов (ES 350), а также для люксовых 6-цилиндровых версий популярных моделей Тойоты (Камри , RAV4, Авенсис) под мощный V6 двигатель в 3.5 л.
Для Камри коробка U660 устанавливается на заводах Тойоты начиная от Японии, Тайваня и Вьетнама, до России и США. У нас U660E чаще всего встречается в ремонте с Camry 3.5 л и Lexus ES. Для других авто Тойоты Айсин выпустила под-модификацию U661E.
Под-модификация U660F — для AWD, полноприводных кроссоверов и седанов.
В 2009-м к U660-му семейству добавилась U760E, — лишенная «детских болезней» модификация под чуть меньший крутящий момент от ДВС до 2.7 литра. (U760F — полноприводный вариант для кроссоверов и минивэнов).
U760E устанавливается с 2009 года на Лексусы (ES, RX, RX270) и Тойоты (Camry, RAV4, Venza, Highlander, …), Scion (по Айсиновской классификации — TM-60LS) и др. с 4-х цилиндровыми моторами до 2.5л.
Позже вышла под-модификация U761E под меньший крутящий момент от двигателей в 2.0 литра, запчасти для которой идентичны U760.
Суперсовременное семейство U660-U760 стало качественной и современной альтернативой 5-ти ступенчатым U150, когда уже был накоплен опыт эксплуатации 6-ступок (TF60SN и ее конкурента — ZF 6HP26) и были изучены их типичные болезни. Все слабые узлы усилили, а с другой стороны, нагрузки на узлы, где была возможность — снизили и довели до предела. Эти 6-ступенчатые трансмиссии иногда называют «убийцами» механических коробок, потому что по большинству характеристик эти автоматы формально догнали и перегнали механику. И по неубиваемости, и по экономичности и, конечно же, по комфорту. Естественно, кроме цены и стоимости ремонта. Но уже все реже и реже можно встретить в салонах мощную Тойоту с «механикой». Однако здесь кроется и главная «слабость» 6-ти ступенчатого автомата: Настройки компьютера были выполнены так «демократично», что позволяли водителю почувствовать себя «шумахером» за рулем своей Камри и делать с машиной почти то же, что позволяют механические коробки передач. Особенно на 3.5 литровых машинах и первых двух лет выпуска (2006-2008), когда только отрабатывались «детские» болезни. Коробка — адаптивная и электронный блок управления при полностью открытой дроссельной заслонке активно блокирует гидротрансформатор уже с невысоких оборотов 2-й передачи. Может включаться так называемый «режим проскальзывания», который значительно повышает КПД коробки и позволяет быстро и экономно разгоняться. Коробка не «тупит», плавно и быстро разгоняется, но от супернагрузки быстро изнашивается «суперфрикцион» гидротрансформатора и загрязняет продуктами износа «супермасло». Кроме этого и все остальные пакеты сцепления и торможения при «газе в пол» теперь могут включаться с режимами «проскальзывания» — как жжет сцепление дрифт. Цикл переключения с одной передачи на другую здесь уменьшен до рекордных 0.2 — 0.3 секунды. Лучше разгоняют машину только DSG, за которыми и погнались конструкторы Айсин — их главный конструктивный конкурент, объявивший 21 век «веком ДСГ» и закатом традиционных АКПП. Таким образом, владелец первых U660 получил уже с завода «чипованную» коробку и возможность «зажигать» на светофорах и при этом — экономить на бензине. Но увы, за все плюсы приходится платить ресурсом своей АКПП, а следовательно, все сэкономленные на бензине деньги стоит откладывать на капремонт АКПП. В общем новая 6-ступка U660 — в первые годы была настроена по другой концепции в отличии от «foolproof» 4-х ступенчатой А246 образца 2000 года. Японцы в первые годы выпуска U660 отошли от принципа «пока-ёкэ». Демократия — так демократия: «Вы хотели коробку, сравнимую с ДСГ — вы ее имеете!». И сравнивать надежность U660 и дешевизну ремонта следует не с 4-х ступками, а с ДСГ и вариаторами, которые она по этим показателям значительно превосходит. |
Замена масла в U660
Масло ATF для U660E\760 — Toyota WS, синтетическое, стало еще более текучим в холодном и достаточно вязким в горячем состоянии, причем рабочая температура масла увеличилась до 130°С. Количество масла для замены в U660\U760 — ок. 4 литров для одной частичной замены см. мануал слева. Первые обслуживания этих АКПП — замена масла с фильтром и прокладкой поддона, которые рекомендуется производить через 60-80 ткм в зависимости от стиля вождения и степени загрязнения масла
Фильтр тонкой очистки — компактный, пластиковый с фетровой гармошкой — 346010, при этом достаточно емкий, которого вполне хватает на 3-5 лет службы трансмиссии (справа — разрез фильтра). Менять его мастера рекомендуют после 100 ткм с каждой второй сменой масла. А после пробега за 200 ткм — с каждой сменой масла. Грязное масло заметно сокращает ресурс этой АКПП до капремонта.
U760 с 2015 года имеет две модификации фильтров (№346010B), различающихся высотой заборника. Свой тип точно можно определить только по VIN.
Проверка уровня масла производится по переливной пробке при определенной температуре. Советы интернета по самостоятельной проверке уровня и замене масла U660/760 — здесь.
Запчасти для переборки АКПП
Подобрать ремкомплекты — нажми клавишу слева.
Мастера для полной переборки U660 (и U760) обычно заказывают расходники максимальным комплектом — Мастер Кит с прокладками, фрикционами и стальными дисками — 346007, включая сгоревшие Упорные диски. Кроме всего этого для плановой переборки в заказ входят фильтр и втулка насоса.
Аварийный ремонт может потребовать подшипники, планетарный ряд, соленоиды и … (ниже). Полный список для замены дает только дефектовка при вскрытии автомата.
— Ремкомплект прокладок и сальников, Оверол — #346002. Примерно одинаково часто заказывают комплекты прокладок от АТОК, Пресижн и Транстек. Для U760 — свой Оверол. Для редких полноприводных U760 Пресижн выпустил допкомплект сальников — 346002B.
При полной переборке коробок заказывают весь Комплект фрикционов U660/U760 — №346003. Одинаково часто мастера заказывают фрикционы оригинал (Дайнекс) и неоригинал.
Разница по фрикционам между U660 и U760 в количестве фрикционов в одном пакете. Поэтому универсальный комплект фрикционов 346003 подходит для обеих коробок. В редких случаях для пакетов С1 и С2 требуется 8, а не 7 фрикционов, в таких случаях заказывают оригинальный комплект фрикционов.
Стальные диски Айсин варьировал по толщине, чтобы не менять конструкцию барабанов, поэтому комплект стальных дисков различен для обоих модификаций из-за дисков разной толщины — 346004.
Когда масло имело запах горелого и пропитало все остальные фрикционы, кроме сгоревших, Айсин настаивает на смене всех фрикционов, так как пропитанные горелым маслом старые фрикционы работают не так тонко при переключениях: не так охлаждаются, не так проскальзывают, компьютер чувствуя разницу, увеличивает давление масла на них, что перегружает гидроблок и соленоиды и ведет к …(подробнее)
Почти всегда для полной переборки U660 с горелыми пакетами заказывают и комплект обрезиненных Поршней — 346008. Комплекты последних лет у наших поставщиков имеют шлифованные поверхности проблемных поршней. Применение таких поршней решает проблемы «детских болезней» U660.
Типичные болезни возрастных АКПП U660Е/760:
Неглавная проблема для езды, но критическая для «здоровья» АКПП — фрикционная накладка муфты блокировки бублика. Гидротрансформатор — главный «пачкун» и источник всех проблем забитого гидроблока и соленоидов. Ходит в большинстве случаев от 200 до 400 ткм до первых проблем, но водителю дано право педалью «газа» значительно сократить срок его жизни до капремонта.
Практически во всех случаях капремонта этой акпп мастера сразу отправляют Гидротрансформатор в ремонт — 346001. Частая проблема гидротрансформатора — ступица (пилот), которая от проскальзывания нагревается и даже может свариваться с втулкой в один «прогорклый пирог».
По мнению экспертов, главная «хроническая болезнь» U660E — конструктивная, вибрации в передней планете UD(UnderDrive), наступающие при активном использовании педали «газа». В начале обкатки АКПП эти вибрации разбивали посадочное место подшипника корпуса (№346248), маловат по размеру и держится на тонком стопорном кольце в мягком алюминии корпуса.
Проблема с вибрацией в АКПП в первые годы обкатки часто возникала уже на первой сотне тысяч км пробега. В основном у водителей 3.5 литровых Камри, которые долго и упорно нагружали холодную коробку на 100% мощности двигателя. Постепенно (к 2009-му году) производитель настройками компьютера ограничил возможность перегружать этот узел в некоторых режимах и подшипники стали приходить в ремонт реже.
Конструкторы боролись с этими вибрациями различными мероприятиями вроде увеличения отверстий в ведущей шестерне, ограничениям нагрузки от двигателя, и теперь первыми вырабатывают свой ресурс подшипники планетарного ряда UnderDrive.
Корпус ремонтируется с заменой подшипника (346760). Подшипник упорный, главный в корпусе под выходную планету — №346248, вместе с ним под замену идет — Шестерня солнечная, Sungear (№346612).
Симметрично разбивает Подшипники между планетарным рядом UD и наружной шестерней с Кольцом (№346220) и (№ ...217-218, 220-221) вместе с самой Ступицей под фрикционы (UnderDrive Hub #346596), ниже.
Хаб UnderDrive состоит из ступицы-коронной шестерни (346596) и стопорного кольца — 346879. Заказывают всю эту группу вместе. Проблема встречается чаще всего до 200 ткм при агрессивной эксплуатации или при длительной работе с недопустимо грязным маслом.
Одна из частых проблем железа семейства U660 — износ узлов планетарного ряда UD: 346586. Проблема связана с конструктивной особенностью центрального суппорта и описанной выше проблемой подшипника. От перегрузок и вибраций разбиваются подшипники 346217/346218 и 346220/346221. Иглами рассыпавшихся подшипников повреждаются шестерни. Продолжительные вибрации вала могут привести к повреждению посадочного гнезда центрального подшипника. При демонтаже из-за отсутствия специального ключа\съемника иногда повреждают и заменяют: Гайку выходного планетарного ряда: 346796. |
|
От вибраций планетарного ряда и износа узлов страдают от масляного голода и недостатка давления фрикционы в пакетах торможения B1-B3 (передачи 2 и 6).№ 346110 Другой лидер среди сгорающих пакетов — C1/C2 (передачи 1-4) № 346100, причины — ниже. В большинстве случаев при капремонте меняют весь комплект фрикционов. — № 346003. |
|
Часто первой болезнью стареющего автомата становится другая конструктивная болезнь U-серии Айсин — задняя крышка. № 346759.
Причина — конструктивная, та же что у предшественников серии U140-U240. Настройками компьютера водителю заметно ограничили возможность перегружать этот узел и уравновешенных водителей эта проблема может не беспокоить до 300-400 ткм пробега. При переборке мастера осматривают и меняют все тефлоновые кольца крышки. (346199). В запущенном случае износа вместе с барабаном Директ происходит и износ посадочного места задней крышки, потери давления масла в пакете С2 — сгорание недожатых фрикционов С2. Если с такими вибрациями ездить и дальше — наступает износ уже следующего сочленения и горят фрикционы пакета сцепления С1. |
|
Почти для каждого капремонта перегретой трансмиссии U660E заказывается Комплект поршней — №346008. Некоторые производители неоригинальных поршней поставляют поршни C1 и С2 с расточкой поверхностей, где важен высокий класс точности. Следующим среди других проблемных поршней, кроме барабана С1-С2, является поршень пакета В3 — №346962. |
|
U660E/760 — Гидроблок и соленоиды
Типичная «детская болезнь» для 6-ти ступенчатых АКПП — изношенный Гидроблок (№346740). Болезнь гидроблока, который долго эксплуатировался со съеденной блокировкой ГДТ и грязным маслом — износ или зашлакование каналов и плунжеров-золотников гидроблока. И это тоже приводит к потере давления, проскальзыванию фрикционов, ударам-толчкам и цепной реакции ускоренного износа узлов трансмиссии. (Подробнее о проблемах современных гидроблоков). В первую очередь проблему ищут в грязных соленоидах (ниже). Гидроблок возрастных машин требует регулярных демонтажа, очистки и замены расходников (346320), особенно, если возникают проблемы с переключениями. Грязный гидроблок — сгоревшие фрикционы. Причина №1. Динамика болезни такова: загрязнение масла — износ уплотнений — износ соленоидов — износ гидроплиты. Следует отметить, что в последнее время эта проблема скорректирована более щадящими для коробки заводскими настройками ТСМ. И у U660E\760 проблемы с гидроблоком встречаются в очень запущенных случаях длительной эксплуатации с изношенными расходниками на возрастных машинах. (Схемы разборки можно посмотреть — здесь) |
|
Самые часто заменяемые позиции по электрической части U660\760: — Плата положения селектора с температурным датчиком — 346442. (справа — первое и второе поколения) Перегретый датчик температуры часто диагностируется как причина неисправной работы гидроплиты. Реже меняют — Блок датчиков скорости Speed Duplex, 346438 Первой причиной раннего (до 200 ткм) выхода из строя «электрики» называют перегрев АКПП с маслом, загрязненным металлической пылью. |
|
Из соленоидов чаще заказывают малые линейные соленоиды SLU ТСС(346425) и SLT EPC(346428) первых годов выпуска, когда настройки компьютера позволяли слишком жестко нагружать этот узел, принимающий всю грязь от гидротрансформатора.
В последнее время при капремонте возрастных авто меняют и пару Больших соленоидов — SL2-SL4 (оба — черный коннектор) 346421 и — SL1-SL3 (коричневый коннектор) 346422. Определяют: какой из соленоидов требует проверки, по коду ошибки (SLT — P2714 и 2716 — «Solenoid «D»- SLT 346428— см. здесь). Сопротивление соленоидов можно проверить по таблице (слева). |
|
Из-за чрезмерного загрязнения масла (или содержания в масле металлической крошки из-за развалившихся подшипников) выходит из строя масляный насос. Наличие «ежиков» на магнитах поддона — сигнал о такой проблеме насоса.
Другими причинами повреждений насоса является: работа без масла из-за перегрева и вибрации от изношенности муфты ГТД. От этого, кроме подтекающего сальника, вырабатывается и втулка насоса 346034, а через некоторое время, как следствие — сам насос, вернее — шестерня по поверхностям трения. В замену идет Крышка насоса с шестернями (№346510), реже дело доходит до Статора насоса 346520. При значительном износе втулок, длительной эксплуатации с заметными вибрациями, меняют весь комплект втулок — 346030. Комплект биметаллических втулок подходит для U660 и U760. |
Слева показан износ упорного кольца подшипника 248.
Список того, что может разрушиться в этом сложнейшем агрегате от запущенных вибраций подшипника (346248) — очень разнообразен. Коронные шестерни, солнечные, планеты, дифференциал, поршни…
В каждом случае развалившегося подшипника стоит проверить все соседние узлы. Настройки TCM компьютера U660 позволяют мощным 3.5 литровым моторам, с которым ее агрегатировали инженеры Тойоты и Лексуса, перегружать конструкцию этой в принципе «неубиваемой» АКПП. Такие программные «свободы» особенно часто встречались в первые годы выпуска этих АКПП.
Мануал по ремонту U660 можно посмотреть слева.
На каких авто устанавливалось это семейство АКПП:
Авто | Модель | Год выпуска | Страна сборки | Двигатель | Модель | |
LEXUS | ES350 | 06-up | JPN | 6 SP FWD | V6 3.5L | U660E |
LEXUS | RX350 | 08-up | CAN JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | V6 3.5L | U660E |
TOYOTA | ALPHARD | 08-up | JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | AURION | 06-up | AUS | 6 SP FWD | V6 3.5L | U660E |
TOYOTA | AVALON | 08-up | USA | 6 SP FWD | V6 3.5L | U660E |
TOYOTA | AVENSIS | 08-up | UK | 6 SP FWD | L4 2.2L | U660E |
TOYOTA | BELDE | 08-up | JPN | 6 SP FWD | V6 3.5L | U660E |
TOYOTA | CAMRY | 06-up | JPN RUS TWN USA VNM | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.5L V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | CAMRY | 09-up | JPN RUS USA | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.4L 2.5L | U760 |
TOYOTA | ESTIMA | 06-up | JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | HIGHLANDER | 09-up | JPN USA | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.7L | U760 |
TOYOTA | HIGHLANDER | 09-up | CHN JPN USA | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.7L V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | MARK X ZIO | 07-up | JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | RAV4 | 08-up | JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.0L 2.2L V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | RAV4 | 11-… | JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.5L | U760 |
TOYOTA | SIENNA | 09-up | USA | 6 SP F/AWD | V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | VANGUARD | 11-… | JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | VANGUARD | 11-… | JPN | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.7L | U760 |
TOYOTA | VENZA | 08-up | USA | 6 SP FWDAWD | L4 2.7L | U760 |
TOYOTA | VENZA | 08-up | USA | 6 SP F/AWD | L4 2.7L V6 3.5L | U660 |
TOYOTA | VERSO | 09-up | TUR | 6 SP FWD | L4 2.2L | U660 |
Примерный ассортимент запчастей для ремонта этой АКПП
Актуальную цену и наличие — можно узнать, нажав номер детали.
Полное наименование | Код, узнать наличие\цену |
Дефектовка и ремонт гидротрансформатора АКПП U660/760 (перед отправкой обязательно слить масло и закрыть кляпом горлышко) | 346001 |
Комплект Прокладок и Сальников без поршней, U660E Toyota, Lexus 2007-14 (K75900QX) (Ремкомплект\ Оверол кит\ Overhaul Kit) | 346002A |
Комплект Прокладок и Сальников без поршней, U760E Toyota, Lexus 2008-Up (Ремкомплект\ Оверол кит\ Overhaul Kit) | 346002B |
Комплект Фрикционов, U760E Friction Module, 2008-Up | 346003B |
Комплект фрикционных дисков, U660E/U760 универсальный 2006-up, Friction pack | 346003 |
Комплект Стальных дисков, U660E Toyota, Lexus ES 2006-Up | 346004A |
Комплект Стальных дисков, U760E Toyota, Lexus ES 2008-Up | 346004B |
Мастеркит U660E (6 SPD-FWD) (Комплект прокладок и сальников, всех фрикционов и сталей) Master kit 2006-Up, состоит из 346002A-PR + 346003-DX + 346004A | 346007A |
Мастеркит U660 2006-up (Комплект прокладок и сальников(без прокладок на гидроблок), фрикционные и стальные диски только на пакеты Forward, Direct), Master kit, состоит из 346002A-EM + 346100-DX х 8шт | 346007AA |
Мастеркит U760 2006-up (Комплект прокладок и сальников, всех фрикционов и сталей) Master kit, состоит из комплектов 346002B-TK + 346003B-EM + 346004B | 346007B |
Kомплект обрезиненных поршней из 5-ти штук, U660E Поршни позиции 964, 968 имеют прецизионные шлифованные сопрягаемые поверхности. 2006-Up | 346008A |
Kомплект обрезиненных поршней из 4-х штук, без 968 поршня! U660E 2006-Up | 346008AX |
Kомплект обрезиненных поршней из 4-х штук, U760E 2008-up | 346008B |
Фильтр масляный U660E, Filter передний привод 2006-up | 346010A |
Фильтр масляный, U760E, Filter oil, 2008-up | 346010B |
Комплект (7 шт) бронзовых втулок, U660, Bushing kit, 2006-up OMEGA MACHINE | 346030A |
Комплект (8 шт) биметалличеких втулок, U660E/U760E, Bushing kit, 2006-up | 346030 |
Втулка крышки насоса, биметалл, U660 [46,2x43x12,7] Camry Lexus ES 2006-up | 346034A |
Сальник/манжета насоса, U660/ U760 (62X42X6) (входит в состав ремкомплекта прокладок и сальников) 2006-up | 346070 |
Сальник (манжета) полуоси, правый между АКПП и раздаткой, (Размер 59,2 х 34,5 х 10), U660E AWD 2006-Up | 346076A |
Сальник/манжета полуоси, правый, U140/ U150/ A540E/ A541E/ U660E/ U760E [56.3x39x15] (входит в состав ремкомплекта прокладок и сальников) 1999-Up | 346076 |
Сальник левый раздаточной коробки, U660E AWD 2006-Up | 346077A |
Сальник (манжета) полуоси левый, со стороны корпуса [68Х47Х16], U660E/U760E/U240/U250/K111/K112 1999-Up | 346077 |
Фрикционный Диск, [40Tx1,78×166] C1 (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Forward/ C2 (4-5-6) Direct U660E/U760E 2006-up | 346100 |
Фрикционный Диск U660E/U760E, B2 (1st/Reverse) [40Tx1,5×183,9] 2006-Up | 346104 |
Фрикционный Диск, [40Tx1,85×177] B1 (2-6), B3 (3-5, Reverse) U660E/U760E 2006-up | 346110 |
Стальной диск, U660E/U760E C1 (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Forward (40Tx1,8×144,11) 2006-Up | 346120 |
Стальной диск, U760E C2 (4-5-6) Direct (40Tx3x144,11) 2008-Up | 346122B |
Стальной диск, U660E/U760E C2 (4-5-6) Direct (40Tx2,16×144,11) 2006-Up | 346122 |
Стальной диск, U660E B1 (2-6) ,(11Tx1,8×153,54) 2006-Up | 346124A |
Стальной диск, U660E/U760E B3 (3-5, Reverse) (11Tx2,2×153,54) 2006-Up | 346126 |
Стальной Диск, Steel U660/U760E, B2 (1st/Reverse) [16×1.6×163] 2006-Up | 346128 |
Диск Упорный, [40Tx3,1×145] C1 (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Forward/ C2 (4-5-6) Direct, U660E/U760E 2006-Up | 346140A |
Диск Упорный директ, [40Tx3,2×145] C1 (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Forward/ C2 (4-5-6) Direct , U660E/U760E 2006-Up | 346140AB |
Диск Упорный, [40Tx3,3×145] C1 (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Forward/ C2 (4-5-6) Direct, U660E/U760E 2006-Up | 346140B |
Диск Упорный, [40Tx3,4×145] C1 (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Forward/ C2 (4-5-6) Direct, U660E/U760E 2006-Up | 346140C |
Диск Упорный, Pressure Plate, U660E/U760E C1 (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th) Forward/ C2 (4-5-6) Direct [40Tx3,5×145] 2006-Up | 346140 |
Опорный Диск, Steel U660, B2 (1st/Reverse) [16×4,1×163] 2006-Up | 346144A |
Диск Упорный, Pressure Plate, U660E B3 (3-5, Reverse) (11Tx3x153,54) 2006-Up | 346146AA |
Диск Упорный, Pressure Plate, U660E Clutch B3 (3-5, Reverse) [11Tx3,8×153,54] 2006-Up | 346146AB |
Диск Упорный, [11Tx3,9×153,54] B3 (3-5, Reverse) U660E 2006-Up | 346146AC |
Диск Упорный, U660E B3 (3-5, Reverse) (11Tx4x154) 2006-up | 346146AD |
Диск Упорный, U660E B3 (3-5, Reverse) (11Tx4,2×154) 2006-up | 346146AE |
Диск Упорный, Pressure Plate, U660E, B1 (2-6), 195х153.7х3.2мм. Зубов — 14 СНАРУЖИ 2006-Up | 346148AA |
Диск Упорный, Pressure Plate, U660E, B1 (2-6), 195х153.7х3.3мм. Зубов — 14 СНАРУЖИ 2006-Up | 346148AB |
Комплект компрессионных тефлоновых колец из 6 шт. входят в ремкомплект. U660/760 Sealing ring kit | 346199K |
Подшипник качения, U660 между поз 520 и 616 2006-up | 346211A |
Подшипник игольчатый (устанавливается между входным валом и планетарным рядом Underdrive), U660/U760 Bearing Input Shaft to Underdrive Planet 2006-up | 346214A |
Опорное кольцо подшипника (устанавливается между входным валом и планетарным рядом Underdrive), U660/U760 Bearing Race Input Shaft to Underdrive Planet 2006-up | 346215A |
Кольцо подшипника планетарной передачи, между поз. № 586 и № 218, размеры (80x66x3,1), U660 Bearing race Underdrive Planet to Ring Gear 2006-up | 346217A |
Кольцо подшипника планетарной передачи, между поз. № 586 и № 218, размеры (82x66x3,1), U760 Bearing race Underdrive Planet to Ring Gear 2008-up | 346217B |
Подшипник игольчатый планетарной передачи, между поз. № 217 и № 596B, (Наружный диаметр: 82мм по обойме x 78,5мм по подшипнику х Внутренний диаметр: 62.8мм x Высота: 3.4мм), U660 Bearing Underdrive Pl | 346218A |
Подшипник игольчатый планетарной передачи, между поз. № 217 и № 596B, (Наружный диаметр: 82мм по обойме x 80,5мм по подшипнику х Внутренний диаметр: 62.8мм x Высота: 3.4мм), U760 Bearing, Underdrive P | 346218B |
Подшипник качения между поз. № 559B и № 221, размеры (78.6мм x 53мм х 7.3мм), U660E 2006-up | 346220A |
Подшипник качения, между 559B и 221, U760E, 2009-up | 346220B |
Кольцо подшипника, между поз 220 и 710, U660E 2006-up | 346221A |
Кольцо подшипника, между поз 220 и 710, U760E. 2009-up | 346221B |
Подшипник качения, U660E между поз 223 и 759, U660E, 2006-up | 346222A |
Кольцо подшипника, между поз 554 и 222, U660E, 2006-up | 346223A |
Подшипник игольчатый переднего планетарного ряда (между поз 584 и 253), размер 80.6×56.2×7.6мм U660 Bearing, front planet, 2006-up | 346247A |
Подшипник упорный, U660/U760 главный подшипник в корпусе (104х72х30) (поставляется без стопорного кольца №876) 2006-up | 346248A |
Подшипник с кольцом, U660E/U760 между поз 247 и 614 2006-up | 346253A |
Подшипник, U660 между поз 614 и 255 2006-up ОЕМ | 346254A |
Подшипник, U660 между поз 750 и 712 2006-up | 346274A |
Прокладка поддона, U660E (входят в ремкомплект …002) 2006-up | 346300A |
Прокладка поддона, дюрапрен, U760E (входит в состав ремкомплекта прокладок и сальников) (duraprene) 2008-up | 346300B |
Комплект прокладок гидроблока U660, Valve Body KIT (входят в ремкомплект …002) | 346320AK |
Прокладка гидроблока, U760E, Valve Body (входит в ремкомплект …002) | 346321B |
Соленоид-Электрорегулятор включения пакетов сцеплений с чёрным разьёмом, большой (Шифт), U660E, Solenoid Shift Linear (SL2, SL4), 2006-Up | 346421A |
Соленоид-Электрорегулятор включения пакетов сцеплений, большой, U760E, Solenoid Shift Linear (SL2, SL4), 2008-Up | 346421B |
Соленоид-Электрорегулятор включения пакетов сцеплений с коричневым разьёмом, большой (Шифт), U660/U760 , Solenoid Shift Linear (SL1, SL3), 2006-Up | 346422A |
Соленоид-Электрорегулятор блокировки гидротрансформатора, малый, U660E/U760E, Solenoid Linear Converter Lock-Up, 2007-up | 346425A |
Соленоид-Электрорегулятор блокировки гидротрансформатора, малый, U760E, Solenoid Linear Converter Lock-Up, 2008-up | 346425B |
Соленоид-Электрорегулятор включения пакетов сцеплений (Шифт), Solenoid Shift 3WAY/SL, U660E/U760E 2006-up | 346427A |
Соленоид-Электрорегулятор линейного давления, малый, U660/U760, Solenoid EPC Linear (SLT), 2006-Up | 346428A |
Плата с датчиками скорости, U660 Speed Duplex, 2006-up | 346438A |
Плата PSM U660E температурного датчика с разьёмом под датчики оборотов 2006-up | 346442AA |
Разъём с проводкой соленоидов, U660E 2006-up | 346446A |
Масляный насос в сборе (крышка насоса с шестернями + ступица), U660 Lexus, Toyota. | 346500A |
Крышка насоса с шестернями, U660/U760 Lexus,Toyota, поставляется без сальника, 2006-up | 346510A |
Статор насоса, U660E 2006-up | 346520A |
Статор насоса, U760E | 346520B |
Корпус сцепления Корпус сцепления форвард(C1)/директ(С2) с валом, U660 в сборе с поршнями и фрикционами 2006-up | 346555A |
Планетарный ряд задний (Rear Planet) U660, 6 внешних сателлитов, одинарные по 22 зуба, двойные по 21 зубу, LEXUS, TOYOTA, 2006-up | 346584A |
Планетарный Ряд задний, Rear Planet U760 (внутренний диаметр под солнечную шестерню меньше чем на U660) 2008-up | 346584B |
Планетарный Ряд, UnderDrive Planet U660E/U760 2006-up | 346586A |
Ступица коронной шестерни Underdrive Planet, без коронной шестерни в комплекте, U660E/U760E Hub, Ring Gear U660, Underdrive Planet, 2006-up | 346596AB |
Ступица коронной шестерни с хабом в комплекте (U.D. Hub, U.D. Ring Gear), U660E/U760E, Underdrive Planet, 2006-up | 346596K |
Коронная шестерня без хаба, Ring Gear U660E/U760E, Underdrive Planet (110T) 2006-Up | 346596 |
Шестерня солнечная передняя задней планеты, Front Sun Gear U660E/U760E 2006-up | 346612 |
Шестерня солнечная передняя, Sun Gear (Under Drive Planet) U660E/U760E 2006-up | 346616 |
Шестерня ведущая (Output Gear) на 44 зуба, наружный диаметр 140,5мм, U660E, 2006-Up | 346710A |
Шестерня ведущая (Output Gear) на 44 зуба, наружный диаметр 136 мм, U760E, 2008-Up | 346710B |
Промежуточная приводная шестерня диаметром 69 мм на бензиновые двигатели (Transfer Gear), U660E, (47T/20T), 2006-Up | 346712A |
Дифференциал в сборе, U660E C подшипниками и шестерней на 69 зубьев, Camry 2006-Up | 346715AK |
Плита управления в сборе (гидроблок), U660E Camry 3.5L/Lexus RX 2012-up (нового образца) 2012-up (НОВЫЙ, ОРИГИНАЛ, БЕЗ ВОЗВРАТА!!) | 346740A |
Плита управления в сборе (гидроблок), U660E Camry/Lexus 3.5L 2006-up (НОВЫЙ, ОРИГИНАЛ, БЕЗ ВОЗВРАТА!!) | 346740AA |
Плита управления в сборе (гидроблок), U760E Toyota 2008-Up | 346740B |
Поршень B1 B2 B3 C2 гидроблока +2 кольца U660/760 B1, B2, B3, C2 Accumulator 2006-Up | 346741AK |
Поршень C1 гидроблока +2 кольца U660/760 B1, B2, B3, C2 Accumulator 2006-Up | 346741BK |
Крышка корпуса АКПП задняя, Rear Cover, U660E 2006-Up | 346759A |
Крышка корпуса АКПП задняя, Rear Cover, U760E 2008-Up | 346759B |
Корпус, U660E Camry 3.5L без центрального подшипника 346248 2006-up | 346760A |
Услуга по восстановлению детали покупателя. Корпус АКПП со стопорным кольцом и обоймой подшипника U660E/U760E 2006-up (без замены подшипника!) | 346760 |
Гайка выходного планетарного ряда U660E/F/U760E 2006-up | 346796A |
Кольцо стопорное, U660 подшипника в корпусе №248 2006-up | 346876A |
Кольцо стопорное, U760 подшипника в корпусе №248A 2008-Up | 346876B |
Кольцо запорное, Snap Ring, U660 под поршень Brake B3 (962) 2006-Up | 346877A |
Кольцо стопорное коронной шестерни (346596B) планетарной передачи «Underdrive», U660/U760 2006-up | 346879A |
Кольцо стопорное, фиксирующее солнечную шестерню №614 на барабане №555, U660 2006-up | 346880A |
Кольцо стопорное, U660/U760 C2/C1 (4-5-6) Direct/Forward, Размер 176х6.4х2,0мм. 2006-Up | 346883A |
Поршень обрезиненный сцепления B3 (3-5, Reverse), U660E 2006-up | 346962A |
Поршень обрезиненный сцепления форвард(С1), Piston, U660E/U760E, C1 (1-2-3-4) Forward (158.6х48х21) 2006-up | 346964 |
Поршень обрезиненный сцепления директ (С2)(по транстару №960), Piston, U660E, C2 (4-5-6) direct (190х67.5х17.5) 2006-up | 346968A |
Поршень обрезиненный сцепления директ (С2)(по транстару №960), Piston, U660E (некоторые модели!), U760E, C2 (4-5-6) direct (178.4×67.5×16) 2006-up | 346968B |
Пружина тарельчатая пакета сцепления B3 (3-5, Реверс) U660/U760, 2006-up | 346975A |
Ретейнер, U660E/U760 C1 (1-2-3-4) forward, Balance Piston(По транстару 984) 2006-Up | 346984 |
Поршень обрезиненный, Piston, U660E/U760E C2 (4-5-6) Direct Drum (144×123.5×8), 2006-up | 346985 |
Пробка (Сапун), Plug, Breather, U660E/F/U140/150/340/240/A442, Вставляется в корпус, на него крепится резиновая трубка с поз 346992-ЕМ | 346992A |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–1 |
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
SYSTEM
PRECAUTION
NOTICE: |
AX |
||
• If the following parts have been replaced, initialize the |
|||
TCM and perform a road test to allow the TCM to learn |
|||
(See page AX-25). |
|||
– |
Valve body assembly |
||
– |
Shift solenoid SL3 |
||
– |
Shift solenoid SL4 |
||
• If the following parts have been replaced, perform a |
|||
road test to allow the TCM to learn (See page AX-25). |
|||
– |
Shift solenoid SL1 |
||
– |
Shift solenoid SL2 |
• If the TCM or transaxle has been replaced, register the transmission compensation code in the TCM (See page AX-19).
• Perform the RESET MEMORY (AT initialization) when replacing the automatic transmission assembly, engine assembly or ECM (See page AX-25).
1.The automatic transaxle is composed of highly precision-finished parts which need careful inspection before reassembly. Even a small nick could cause fluid leakage or affect transmission performance. The instructions here are organized so that you work on only one component group at a time. This will help avoid confusion caused by similar-looking parts of different sub-assemblies being on your workbench at the same time. The component groups are inspected and repaired from the converter housing side. Complete as much as possible of the inspection, repair and reassembly before proceeding to the next component group. If a defect is found in a certain component group during reassembly, inspect and repair this group immediately. If a component group cannot be assembled because some parts are being ordered, be sure to keep all parts of the group in a separate container while proceeding with disassembly, inspection, repair and reassembly of other component groups. Recommended: ATF WS
2.All disassembled parts should be washed clean and any fluid passages and holes should be blown through with compressed air.
3.Dry all parts with compressed air. Never use a shop rag or a piece of cloth to dry them.
4.When using compressed air, always aim away from yourself to prevent accidentally spraying ATF or kerosene in your face.
5.Only recommended automatic transmission fluid or kerosene should be used for cleaning.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM
6.After cleaning, the parts should be arranged in the correct order for efficient inspection, repair, and reassembly.
7.When disassembling a valve body, be sure to match each valve together with its corresponding spring.
8.New discs for the brakes and clutches must be soaked in ATF for at least 15 minutes before reassembly.
9.All oil seal rings, clutch discs, clutch plates, rotating parts, and sliding surfaces should be coated with ATF prior to reassembly.
10.All gaskets, seals, and rubber O-rings should be replaced with new ones.
11.Do not apply adhesive cements to gaskets and similar parts.
12.Make sure that the ends of a snap ring are not aligned with one of the cutouts and that the snap ring is installed in the groove correctly.
13.When replacing a worn bushing, the sub-assembly containing the bushing must also be replaced.
14.Check thrust bearings and races for wear or damage. If they are damaged, replace them.
15.When working with FIPG material, you must observe the following:
–Using a razor blade and a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing (FIPG) material from the gasket surface.
–Thoroughly clean all components to remove any loose material.
–Clean both sealing surfaces with a non-residue solvent.
–Parts must be reassembled within 10 minutes of application. Otherwise, the packing (FIPG) material must be removed and reapplied.
1.EXPRESSIONS OF IGNITION SWITCH
The type of ignition switch used on this model differs according to the specifications of the vehicle.
The expressions listed in the table below are used in this section.
Expression |
Switch Type |
||
Ignition Switch (Position) |
Engine Switch (Condition) |
||
Ignition switch off |
LOCK |
Off |
|
Ignition switch on (IG) |
ON |
On (IG) |
|
Ignition switch on (ACC) |
ACC |
ON (ACC) |
|
Engine start |
START |
Start |
|
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–3 |
||||
DEFINITION OF TERMS |
|||||
Term |
Definition |
||||
Monitor description |
Description of what the TCM monitors and how it detects malfunctions (monitoring purpose and its details). |
||||
Related DTCs |
Diagnostic code |
||||
Preconditions that allow the TCM to detect malfunctions. |
|||||
AX |
|||||
Typical enabling condition |
With all preconditions satisfied, the TCM sets the DTC when the monitored value(s) exceeds the |
||||
malfunction threshold(s). |
|||||
The priority order that is applied to monitoring, if multiple sensors and components are used to detect the |
|||||
Sequence of operation |
malfunction. |
||||
While another sensor is being monitored, the next sensor or component will not be monitored until the |
|||||
previous monitoring has concluded. |
|||||
Required sensor/components |
The sensors and components that are used by the TCM to detect malfunctions. |
||||
The number of times that the TCM checks for malfunctions per driving cycle. |
|||||
Frequency of operation |
«Once per driving cycle» means that the TCM detects malfunction only one time during a single driving |
||||
cycle. |
|||||
«Continuous» means that the TCM detects malfunction every time when the enabling conditions are met. |
|||||
Duration |
The minimum time that the TCM must sense a continuous deviation in the monitored value(s) before |
||||
setting a DTC. This timing begins after the «typical enabling conditions» are met. |
|||||
Malfunction thresholds |
Beyond this value, the TCM will conclude that there is a malfunction and set a DTC. |
||||
MIL illumination timing after a defect is detected. |
|||||
«Immediately» means that the TCM illuminates MIL the instant the TCM determines that there is a |
|||||
MIL operation |
malfunction. |
||||
«2 driving cycle» means that the TCM illuminates MIL if the same malfunction is detected again in the 2nd |
|||||
driving cycle. |
|||||
Normal operation range of sensors and solenoids under normal driving conditions. |
|||||
Component operating range |
Use these ranges as a reference. |
||||
They cannot be used to judge if a sensor or solenoid is defective. |
|||||
AX–4 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
PARTS LOCATION
AX
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
DLC3
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL)
SPEED SENSOR
ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR (INCLUDED ATF PRESSURE SWITCHE)
COMBINATION METER
SHIFT LEVER
— TRANSMISSION CONTROL SWITCH
PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
ECM
TCM
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SLT)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SLU)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL2)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL1)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL3)
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE (SL4)
C133208E01
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–5 |
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
The configuration of the electronic control system in the
U660E automatic transaxle is as shown in the following chart.
INPUT TURBINE SPEED SENSOR |
SL1 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL1 |
AX |
|||
NTO |
||||||
COUNTER GEAR SPEED SENSOR |
SL2 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL2 |
||||
NCO |
||||||
ATF PRESSURE SWITCHES |
TPS1, 2, 3 |
SL3 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL3 |
|||
ATF TEMP. SENSOR |
THO1 |
|||||
TCM |
SL4 |
SOLENOID VALVE SL4 |
||||
STOP LIGHT SWITCH |
STP |
|||||
COMBINATION METER |
SPD |
SLU |
SOLENOID VALVE SLU |
|||
STARTER RELAY (Starter Signal) |
STA |
SLT |
SOLENOID VALVE SLT |
|||
PARK / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH |
NSW |
SL |
SOLENOID VALVE SL |
|||
R,D |
||||||
CAN+ |
CAN- |
DLC3 |
||||
NSW |
COMBINATION METER |
|||||
P,R,N,D |
CANH |
Shift Range Indicator Light |
||||
TRANSMISSION CONTROL SWITCH |
S,SFTU |
CANL |
Shift Position Indicator Light |
|||
SFTD |
||||||
VG |
S Mode Indicator Light |
|||||
MASS AIR FLOW METER |
Buzzer |
|||||
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR |
THW |
ECM |
W |
MIL |
||
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR |
NE |
#10 to #60 |
FUEL INJECTORS |
|||
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR |
VPA1 |
IGT1 to 6 |
IGNITION COILS |
|||
VPA2 |
||||||
IGF |
||||||
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR |
VPA |
M |
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR |
|||
VPA2 |
||||||
C133209E01 |
AX–6 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
with Smart Key System: |
|||||||
TCM |
|||||||
AX |
+B |
||||||
Stop Light |
|||||||
To ECM |
|||||||
EFI MAIN |
STP |
||||||
Stop Light Switch |
STOP |
||||||
EFI MAIN |
SPD1 |
||||||
Combination Meter |
|||||||
EFI No. 1 |
|||||||
BATT |
R |
||||||
D |
GAUGE |
||||||
No. 1 |
|||||||
Park / Neutral Position Switch |
|||||||
ST/AM2 |
|||||||
STA |
CAN+ |
||||||
ST |
ECM |
||||||
FL MAIN |
CAN- |
S |
SFTLI SFTD |
||||
Park / Neutral |
|||||||
Position Switch |
|||||||
STR |
NSW |
ECU IG |
|||||
Transmission |
|||||||
No. 2 |
|||||||
Main Body ECU |
Control Switch |
||||||
C133214E05 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–7 |
without Smart Key System: |
TCM |
||||||
ALT |
AM1 |
NSW |
Stop Light |
AX |
|||
ST/AM2 |
STP |
Stop Light Switch |
STOP |
||||
Ignition Switch |
|||||||
STA |
SPD1 |
||||||
Combination Meter |
|||||||
Park / Neutral |
|||||||
Position Switch |
R |
||||||
GAUGE |
|||||||
ST |
D |
No. 1 |
|||||
Park / Neutral Position Switch |
|||||||
To Starter |
|||||||
BATT |
CAN+ |
ECM |
|||||
EFI No. 1 |
|||||||
CAN- |
S |
SFTLI |
SFTD |
||||
EFI |
|||||||
EFI MAIN |
+B |
||||||
FL MAIN |
To ECM |
||||||
ECU IG |
|||||||
No. 2 |
Transmission |
||||||
Control Switch |
|||||||
C133213E01 |
AX–8 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
Automatic Transaxle |
||
AX |
SL1+ |
|
Shift Solenoid Valve SL1 |
||
SL1- |
||
SL2+ |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL2 |
||
SL2- |
||
SL3+ |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL3 |
||
SL3- |
||
SL4+ |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL4 |
SL4- |
|
SL |
||
Shift Solenoid Valve SL |
||
ATF Pressure Switch 1 |
TPS1 |
|
ATF Pressure Switch 2 |
TPS2 |
|
ATF Pressure Switch 3 |
TPS3 |
|
ATF Temperature Sensor |
THO1 |
|
E2 |
||
Input Turbine Speed Sensor |
NTB |
|
NTO |
||
Counter Gear Speed Sensor |
NCB |
|
NCO |
||
C133215E01 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–9 |
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
(a)The ECT (Electronic controlled automatic transaxle) is an automatic transaxle that has its shift timing
electronically controlled by the Transmission Control Module (TCM). The TCM detects electrical signals AX that indicate engine and driving conditions, and
controls the shift point, based on driver’s habits and road conditions. As a result, fuel efficiency and transaxle performance are improved.
Shift shock has been reduced by controlling the engine and transaxle simultaneously.
In addition, the ECT has features such as:
•Diagnostic function.
•Fail-safe function for use when a malfunction occurs.
AX–10 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
HOW TO PROCEED WITH
TROUBLESHOOTING
HINT:
•The TCM of this system is connected to the CAN communication system. Therefore, before starting troubleshooting, make sure to check that there is no trouble in the CAN communication system.
•*: Use the intelligent tester.
1VEHICLE BROUGHT TO WORKSHOP
NEXT
2CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS
NEXT
3INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE
Standard voltage: 11 to 14 V
If the voltage is below 11 V, recharge or replace the battery before proceeding.
NEXT
4CONNECT INTELLIGENT TESTER TO DLC3*
NEXT
5CHECK AND CLEAR DTCS AND FREEZE FRAME DATA*
(a) Refer to the DTC CHECK / CLEAR (See page AX-38).
NEXT
6VISUAL INSPECTION
NEXT
7SETTING CHECK MODE DIAGNOSIS*
(a)Refer to the CHECK MODE PROCEDURE (See page AX-39).
NEXT
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–11 |
8PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
(a)Refer to the ROAD TEST (See page AX-12).
Result
AX |
|||
Result |
Proceed to |
||
Symptom does not occur |
A |
||
Symptom occurs |
B |
||
B GO TO STEP 10
A
9 SYMPTOM SIMULATION
(a)Refer to the ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT INSPECTION PROCEDURE (See page IN-40).
NEXT
10 DTC CHECK*
(a)Refer to the DTC CHECK / CLEAR (See page AX-38).
Result
Result |
Proceed to |
DTC is not output |
A |
DTC is output |
B |
B GO TO STEP 18
A
11 BASIC INSPECTION
(a)Refer to the AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID (See page AX-164).
(b)Refer to the PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (See page AX-174).
(c)Refer to the SHIFT LEVER ASSEMBLY (See page AX224).
OK
12 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST
(a)Refer to the MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST (See page AX-15).
AX–12 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
||||||
OK |
|||||||
13 |
HYDRAULIC TEST |
||||||
(a) Refer to the HYDRAULIC TEST (See page AX-17). |
|||||||
AX |
|||||||
NG |
|||||||
GO TO STEP 17 |
|||||||
OK
14 MANUAL SHIFTING TEST
(a)Refer to the MANUAL SHIFTING TEST (See page AX18).
OK
15PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE CHAPTER 1
(a)Refer to the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page AX-29).
OK
16PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE CHAPTER 2
(a)Refer to the PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE (See page AX-29).
NEXT
17 PART INSPECTION
NEXT GO TO STEP 21
18 DTC CHART
(a)Refer to the DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART (See page AX-46).
NEXT
19 CIRCUIT INSPECTION
NEXT
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–13 |
20 IDENTIFICATION OF PROBLEM
NEXT
21REPAIR OR REPLACE
NEXT
22CONFIRMATION TEST
AX
AX–14 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
ROAD TEST
1.PROBLEM SYMPTOM CONFIRMATION
(a)Based on the result of the customer problem analysis, try to reproduce the symptoms. If the problem is that the transaxle does not shift up or down, or the shift point is too high or too low, conduct the following road test referring to the automatic shift schedule and attempt to duplicate the problem symptoms.
2.ROAD TEST NOTICE:
Perform the test at the ATF (Automatic Transmission Fluid) temperature 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) in the normal operation.
(a)D position test:
Shift into the D position and fully depress the accelerator pedal and check the following:
(1)Check up-shift operation.
Check that 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6 up-shifts take place, and that the shift points conform to the automatic shift schedule (See page SS-46).
HINT:
6th Gear Up-shift Prohibition Control
•Engine coolant temperature is 60°C (140°F) or less and vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/ h) or less.
5th Gear Up-shift Prohibition Control
•Engine coolant temperature is 55°C (131°F) or less and vehicle speed is 32 mph (51 km/
h) or less.
4th Gear Up-shift Prohibition Control
• Engine coolant temperature is 47°C (117°F) or less and vehicle speed is 31 mph (49 km/ h) or less.
Lock-up Prohibition Control
•Brake pedal is depressed.
•Accelerator pedal is released.
•Engine coolant temperature is 60°C (140°F) or less.
(2)Check for shift shock and slip.
Check for shock and slip at the 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6th up-shifts.
(3)Check for abnormal noise and vibration. Check for abnormal noise and vibration when
up-shifting from 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6 while driving with the shift lever in the D position, and also while driving in the lock-up condition.
HINT:
The check for the cause of abnormal noise and vibration must be done thoroughly as it could also be due to loss of balance in the differential, torque converter clutch, etc.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–15 |
(4)Check kick-down operation.
Check vehicle speeds when the 2nd to 1st, 3rd to 2nd, 4th to 3rd, 5th to 4th, and 6th to 5th kickdowns take place while driving with the shift lever in the D position. Confirm that each speed
is within the applicable vehicle speed range
indicated in the automatic shift schedule (See AX page SS-46).
(5)Check for abnormal shock and slip at kick-down.
(6)Check the lock-up mechanism.
•Drive the vehicle with the shift lever in the D position (2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th gear) at a steady speed (lock-up ON).
•Lightly depress the accelerator pedal and check that the engine speed does not change
abruptly.
HINT:
•There is no lock-up function in the 1st gears.
•If there is a jump in engine speed, this indicates that lock-up is not operating.
(b)S position test
Shift to the S position, depress the accelerator pedal and check the following:
(1)Check shift operation.
•With the shift lever in the S position (while the vehicle is stopped), shift into the «+» position to check that the shift position on the combination meter changes as follows: 1 to 2, 2 to 3, 3 to 4, 4 to 5 and 5 to 6.
•While driving in the 5 (S) position and 5th gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 34 to 40 mph (55 to 65 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 4th gear down-shift occurs and proper engine braking occurs.
•While driving in the 4 (S) position and 4th gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 19 to 25 mph (30 to 40 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 3rd gear down-shift occurs and proper engine braking occurs.
•While driving in the 3 (S) position and 3rd gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 12 to 19 mph (20 to 30 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 2nd gear down-shift occurs and proper engine braking occurs.
•While driving in the 2 (S) position and 2nd gear (at a vehicle speed of approximately 6 to 12 mph (10 to 20 km/h), shift into the «-» position and check if the 1st gear down-shift
occurs and proper engine braking occurs. HINT:
Manual shift (S position) is prohibited under either of the following conditions:
• Down-shifting may cause engine overrun.
AX–16 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||
• The driver continuously down-shifts. (Down- |
||||
shifting to 1st gear may not be performed.) |
||||
(c) |
R position test: |
|||
Shift into the R position, lightly depress the |
||||
accelerator pedal, and check that the vehicle moves |
||||
backward without any abnormal noise or vibration. |
||||
AX |
||||
CAUTION: |
||||
Before conducting this test ensure that the test |
||||
area is free from people and obstruction. |
||||
(d) |
P position test: |
|||
Stop the vehicle on a grade (more than 5°) and after |
shifting into the P position, release the parking brake. Then, check that the parking lock pawl holds the vehicle in place.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–17 |
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TESTS
1. PERFORM MECHANICAL SYSTEM TESTS
(a) Measure the stall speed.
The object of this test is to check the overall |
|||
performance of the transaxle and engine by |
|||
measuring the stall speeds in the D position. |
AX |
||
NOTICE: |
|||
• Driving test should be done on a paved road |
|||
(a nonskid road). |
|||
• Perform the test at the normal operating ATF |
|||
(Automatic Transmission Fluid) temperature |
|||
50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). |
|||
• Do not continuously run this test for longer |
|||
than 5 seconds. |
|||
• To ensure safety, perform this test in a wide, |
|||
clear level area which provides good traction. |
|||
• The stall test should always be carried out in |
|||
pairs. One technician should observe the |
|||
conditions of wheels or wheel stoppers from |
|||
a safe location outside the vehicle while the |
|||
other is doing the test. |
|||
(1) Chock the 4 wheels. |
|||
(2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
|||
(3) Fully apply the parking brake. |
|||
(4) Keep your left foot pressed firmly on the brake |
|||
pedal. |
|||
(5) Start the engine. |
|||
(6) Using the intelligent tester, shift into the D |
|||
position and hold 3rd gear using active test. |
|||
Press all the way down on the accelerator pedal |
|||
with your right foot. |
|||
(7) Quickly read the stall speed at this time. |
|||
Stall speed: |
|||
Evaluation: |
2,520 +- 150 rpm |
||
Problem |
Possible cause |
||
• Engine power output may be insufficient |
|||
• Stator one-way clutch is not operating properly |
|||
(a) Stall engine speed is low in D position |
HINT: |
||
If the value is less than the specified value by 600 rpm or more, the |
|||
torque converter could be faulty. |
|||
• Line pressure is too low |
|||
(b) Stall engine speed is high in D position |
• Clutch No. 1 (C1) slipping |
||
• One-way clutch (F1) is not operating properly |
|||
• Improper fluid level |
|||
AX–18 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
||||
(b) Measure the time lag. |
|||||
(1) When the shift lever is shifted while the engine is |
|||||
idling, there will be a certain time lapse or lag |
|||||
before the shock can be felt. This is used for |
|||||
checking the condition of the clutches and |
|||||
brakes. |
|||||
AX |
|||||
NOTICE: |
|||||
• Perform the test at the normal operating |
|||||
ATF (Automatic Transmission Fluid) |
|||||
temperature: 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). |
|||||
• Be sure to allow 1 minute interval between |
|||||
tests. |
|||||
• Perform the test three times and measure |
|||||
the time lags. Calculate the average value |
|||||
of the three time lags. |
|||||
(2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
|||||
(3) Fully apply the parking brake. |
|||||
(4) Start and warm up the engine and check idle |
|||||
speed. |
|||||
Idle speed: |
|||||
approx. 650 rpm (In N position and A/C |
|||||
OFF) |
|||||
(5) Shift the lever from N to D position. Using a stop |
|||||
watch, measure the time from when the lever is |
|||||
shifted until the shock is felt. |
|||||
Time lag: |
|||||
N to D less than 1.2 seconds |
|||||
(6) In the same way, measure the time lag for N to |
|||||
R. |
|||||
Time lag: |
|||||
N to R less than 1.5 seconds |
|||||
Evaluation (If N to D or N to R time lag is longer than the specified time): |
|||||
Problem |
Possible cause |
||||
• Line pressure is too low |
|||||
N to D time lag is longer |
• Clutch No.1 (C1) is worn |
||||
• One-way clutch (F1) is not operating properly |
|||||
• Line pressure is too low |
|||||
N to R time lag is longer |
• Brake No. 2 (B2) is worn |
||||
• Brake No. 3 (B3) is worn |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–19 |
HYDRAULIC TEST |
||
1. |
PERFORM HYDRAULIC TEST |
|
(a) Measure the line pressure. |
||
NOTICE: |
||
• Perform the test at the normal operating ATF |
AX |
|
(Automatic Transmission Fluid) temperature: |
||
50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). |
||
• The line pressure test should always be |
||
carried out in pairs. One technician should |
||
observe the conditions of wheels or wheel |
||
stoppers outside the vehicle while the other |
||
is performing the test. |
||
• Be sure to prevent SST hose from interfering |
||
with the exhaust pipe. |
||
• This check must be conducted after checking |
||
and adjusting engine. |
||
• Perform the test with the A/C is OFF. |
||
SST |
• When conducting stall test, do not continue |
|
more than 5 seconds. |
||
SST |
||
(1) Warm up the ATF (Automatic Transmission |
||
C133223E01 |
||
Fluid). |
||
(2)Lift the vehicle up.
(3)Remove the engine under cover.
(4)Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(5)Remove the test plug on the transaxle case front left side and install the SST.
SST 09992-00095 (09992-00231, 0999200271)
(6)Start the engine.
(7)Shift to the D position, and then use the intelligent tester to hold 3rd gear using active test. Measure the line pressure while the engine is idling.
Specified line pressure:
Condition |
D position kPa (kgf/cm2, psi) |
|
Idling |
362 to 412 kPa |
|
(3.7 to 4.2 kgf/cm2, 52 to 60 psi) |
||
(8) Turn the ignition switch OFF.
AX–20 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
(9) Disconnect the connector of the TCM. |
|||
HINT: |
|||
Disconnect the connector only when performing |
|||
the D position stall test. |
|||
(10)Start the engine. |
|||
AX |
(11)Firmly depress the brake pedal, shift to the D |
||
position, depress the accelerator pedal all the |
|||
way down, and check the line pressure while the |
|||
stall test is performed. |
|||
Specified line pressure: |
|||
Condition |
D position kPa (kgf/cm2, psi) |
||
Stall test |
1,160 to 1,350 kPa |
||
(11.8 to 13.8 kgf/cm2, 168 to 196 psi) |
|||
(12)Turn the ignition switch OFF. |
|||
C133211 |
(13)Connect the TCM connector, depress the brake |
||
pedal firmly, shift to the R position, and check |
|||
that the line pressure while the engine is idling |
|||
and during the stall test. |
|||
Specified line pressure: |
|||
Condition |
R position kPa (kgf/cm2, psi) |
||
Idling |
806 to 916 kPa |
||
(8.2 to 9.3 kgf/cm2, 117 to 133 psi) |
|||
Stall test |
1,890 to 2,000 kPa |
||
(19.3 to 20.4 kgf/cm2, 274 to 290 psi) |
|||
(14)Remove the SST, install the test plug. |
|||
Evaluation: |
(15)Clear the DTC. |
||
Problem |
Possible cause |
||
Measured values are higher than the specified value in all positions |
• Shift solenoid valve (SLT) defective |
||
• |
Regulator valve defective |
||
• Shift solenoid valve (SLT) defective |
|||
Measured values are lower than the specified value in all positions |
• |
Regulator valve defective |
|
• |
Oil pump defective |
||
Pressure is low in the D position only |
• D position circuit fluid leak |
||
• Clutch No. 1 (C1) defective |
|||
• R position circuit fluid leak |
|||
Pressure is low in the R position only |
• |
Brake No. 2 (B2) defective |
|
• Brake No. 3 (B3) defective |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–21 |
MANUAL SHIFTING TEST
1.PERFORM MANUAL SHIFTING TEST
HINT:
• With this test, it can be determined whether trouble
occurs in the electrical circuit. Also, trouble can be a |
||||||
mechanical problem in the transaxle. |
AX |
|||||
• |
If any abnormalities are found in the following test, the |
|||||
problem is in the transaxle itself. |
||||||
(a) |
Disconnect the TCM connector. |
|||||
(b) |
Drive the vehicle with the TCM disconnected. |
|||||
Shifting the shift lever to the D position to check |
||||||
whether the shifting condition changes as shown in |
||||||
the table below. |
||||||
Shift Position |
Shifting Condition |
|||||
D |
No Shift (No Change) |
|||||
HINT: |
||||||
When driving the vehicle with the TCM |
||||||
disconnected, the gear position will be as follows: |
||||||
• When the shift lever is in the D position, the |
||||||
transmission will stay in 3rd gear. |
||||||
• When the shift lever is in the R or the P position, |
||||||
the transmission will also be in the R or P |
||||||
position respectively. |
||||||
(c) |
Connect the connector of the TCM. |
|||||
(d) |
Clear the DTC (See page AX-38). |
AX–22 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
QR Code Label
#-
Transmission
Compensa-
tion Code
QR Code Label
REGISTRATION
NOTICE:
•When the automatic transaxle is replaced, the transaxle’s compensation code must be input into the TCM (Proceed to step 1).
•When the TCM is replaced, the existing transaxle compensation codes must be input into the new TCM (Proceed to step 2).
1.INPUT COMPENSATION CODE NOTICE:
Transaxle compensation codes are unique, 60-digit alphanumeric values printed on the QR label. If an incorrect transaxle compensation code is input into the TCM, shift shock may occur.
(a)Record the transmission compensation code specified on the QR label.
HINT:
The transaxle compensation code is imprinted on the QR label.
(b)Shift the shift lever to N or P position.
(c)Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(d)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(e)Turn the tester on.
NOTICE:
Do not start the engine.
C133268E01
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
(f)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
(g)Press «ENTER».
C133193
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–23 |
(h) Select «AT CODE REGIST».
AT CODE UTILITY (i) Press «ENTER».
[Name of system]
1 : AT CODE REGIST
2 : AT CODE RESET
AX
C133194
(j) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function is used to input a compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133195
CHECK
Gear Selector is in P. Vehicle is stopped. Engine is OFF. Engine switch is ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
(k) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
C133196
(l) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function must not be performed without referring the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133197
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1.SET A/T CODE
2.READ A/T CODE
(m)Select «SET A/T CODE».
(n)Press «ENTER».
AX–24 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
(o) Select «INPUT A/T CODE». |
||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
(p) Press «ENTER». |
|||||
SET A/T CODE |
||||||
Select a way of |
||||||
setting the code. |
||||||
1. INPUT A/T CODE |
||||||
2. SAVED A/T CODE |
||||||
AX |
PRESS [ENTER] |
|||
C133199 |
|||
code input method |
(q) Register the compensation code. |
||
(1) |
Press «ENTER». |
||
INPUT A/T CODE |
|||
Press [ ] / [ |
] to |
||
shift the cursor |
|||
right/left. |
|||
Press [ ] / [ |
] to |
||
shift the cursor |
|||
up/down. |
|||
Input alphanumeric |
|||
with 10 key and |
|||
* key. |
|||
PRESS [ENTER] |
|||
C133200 |
A/T CODE REGIST |
Input the code |
printed on the A/T. |
PRESS [ENTER] |
C133201 |
A/T CODE REGIST
SET CODE
A/T CODE REGIST is complete.
PRESS [EXIT]
C133203
(2)Manually input the transaxle compensation code. The code is a 60-digit alphanumeric value imprinted on the QR label.
(r)Check that the compensation code displayed on the screen is correct by comparing it with the 60-digit alphanumeric value on the QR label.
NOTICE:
If an incorrect transaxle compensation code is input into the TCM, shift shock will occur.
HINT:
Input letters by operating the keys from 0 to 5 while pressing the * key.
(s)Press «ENTER» to set the compensation code to the TCM.
HINT:
• If the registration process fails, the compensation code may be incorrect. Check the compensation code again.
• If the attempted compensation code is correct, a problem with the wire harness or a bad connection with the DLC3 may cause a registration failure. Check the wire harness and the DLC3 connection. If no problem is found, the TCM may be malfunctioning. Check the TCM and repeat this operation.
2.TRANSFER COMPENSATION CODE NOTICE:
Transaxle compensation codes are 60-digit alphanumeric values imprinted on the QR label. If an incorrect transaxle compensation code is input into the TCM, shift shock may occur.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–25 |
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
HINT: |
||
The following operation is available for use with TCMs |
||
that can transmit the registered transaxle compensation |
||
code to the intelligent tester. |
||
(a) |
Shift the shift lever to N or P position. |
|
(b) |
Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
AX |
(c) |
Turn the ignition switch on (IG). |
(d)Turn the tester on.
NOTICE:
Do not start the engine.
HINT:
The transaxle compensation code is imprinted on the QR label.
(e)Read the transaxle compensation code.
(1)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
(2)Press «ENTER».
C133193
AT CODE UTILITY [Name of system]
1 : AT CODE REGIST
2 : AT CODE RESET
(3)Select «AT CODE REGIST».
(4)Press «ENTER».
C133194
(5) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function is used to input a compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133195
AX–26 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||
(6) Press «ENTER» again to proceed. |
||||||||
CHECK |
||||||||
Gear Selector is in P. |
||||||||
Vehicle is stopped. |
||||||||
Engine is OFF. |
||||||||
Engine switch is |
||||||||
ON(IG). |
||||||||
AX |
||||||||
PRESS [ENTER] |
||||||||
C133196 |
||||||||
NOTICE
This function must not be performed without referring the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133197
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1.SET A/T CODE
2.READ A/T CODE
PRESS [ENTER]
C133198
A/T CODE REGIST
READ A/T CODE is completed.
PRESS [EXIT]
C133206
(7) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
(8)Select «READ A/T CODE».
(9)Press «ENTER».
(10)Press «EXIT».
NOTICE:
Do not use the code specified on the transaxle QR label even if the transmission compensation code cannot be read using the intelligent tester. The code printed on an in-service transaxle may not match its current characteristics. Replace the TCM with a new one and perform a road test to allow the TCM to learn.
(11)Turn the ignition switch off.
(f)Replace the TCM.
(g)Set the transaxle compensation code.
(1)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(2)Turn the tester on.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–27 |
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
(3)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
(4)Press «ENTER».
AX
C133193
(5) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function is used to input a compensation code and initialize the ECU after an A/T
assembly or ECU has been replaced.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133195
CHECK
Gear Selector is in P. Vehicle is stopped. Engine is OFF. Engine switch is ON(IG).
PRESS [ENTER]
(6) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
C133196
(7) Press «ENTER» again to proceed.
NOTICE
This function must not be performed without referring the service manual.
PRESS [ENTER]
C133197
A/T CODE REGIST
Select a function.
1.SET A/T CODE
2.READ A/T CODE
(8)Select «SET A/T CODE».
(9)Press «ENTER».
AX–28 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||
(10) Select «SAVED A/T CODE». |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
(11) Press «ENTER». |
|||||||
SET CODE |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
||||||||
is complete. |
||||||||
AX |
||||||||
PRESS [EXIT] |
||||||||
C133203 |
||||||||
(12) Press «EXIT». |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
||||||||
SET CODE |
||||||||
A/T CODE REGIST |
||||||||
is complete. |
||||||||
PRESS [EXIT] |
||||||||
C133203 |
||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–29 |
M-OBD / OBD MENU [Name of system]
1 : DATA LIST
1 : DTC INFO
3 : ACTIVE TEST
4 : SNAPSHOT
6 : RESET MEMORY
8 : CHECK MODE
9 : AT CODE UTILITY
INITIALIZATION
1.RESET TRANSAXLE COMPENSATION CODE NOTICE:
The transaxle compensation code can be reset only
with the intelligent tester. |
||
HINT: |
AX |
|
The TCM memorizes the condition that the ECT controls |
||
the automatic transaxle assembly and engine assembly |
||
according to those characteristics. Therefore, when the |
||
automatic transaxle assembly, engine assembly, or TCM |
||
has been replaced, it is necessary to reset the memory |
||
so that the TCM can memorize the new information. |
||
Reset procedure is as follows. |
(a)Shift the shift lever to N or P position.
(b)Turn the ignition switch off.
(c)Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3.
(d)Turn the ignition switch on (IG) and push the intelligent tester main switch on.
(e)Enter the menu items in this order: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / ECT / AT CODE UTILITY.
C133193
AT CODE UTILITY [Name of system]
1 : AT CODE REGIST
2 : AT CODE RESET
(f)Select «AT CODE RESET».
(g)Press the «ENTER»
CAUTION:
After the transaxle compensation code, be sure to perform a road test to allow TCM to learn.
2.PERFORM ROAD TEST TO ALLOW TCM TO LEARN NOTICE:
Perform the following procedures while strictly observing all traffic laws and speed limits.
C133194 (a) From a standstill, achieve highest possible speed with the accelerator pedal opened 15% or less. Keep the accelerator pedal angle steady while driving the vehicle.
(b)Repeat the previous step until shift shock no longer occurs.
(c)From a standstill, achieve highest possible speed with the accelerator pedal opened 25% or more. Keep the accelerator pedal angle steady while driving the vehicle.
(d)Repeat the previous step until shift shock no longer occurs.
AX–30 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||||
3. |
RESET MEMORY |
|||||||||
NOTICE: |
||||||||||
• Perform the RESET MEMORY (AT initialization) |
||||||||||
when replacing the engine assembly. |
||||||||||
• The RESET MEMORY can be performed only with |
||||||||||
the intelligent tester. |
||||||||||
AX |
||||||||||
HINT: |
||||||||||
The ECM memorizes the condition that the ECT controls |
||||||||||
the automatic transmission assembly and engine |
||||||||||
assembly according to those characteristics. Therefore, |
||||||||||
when the automatic transmission assembly, engine |
||||||||||
assembly, or ECM has been replaced, it is necessary to |
||||||||||
reset the memory so that the ECM can memorize the |
||||||||||
new information. |
||||||||||
(a) Reset procedure is as follows. |
||||||||||
(1) Turn the engine switch off. |
||||||||||
(2) Connect the intelligent tester to the DLC3. |
||||||||||
(3) Turn the ignition switch on (IG) position. |
||||||||||
(4) Turn the intelligent tester main switch on. |
||||||||||
(5) Select the item «DIAGNOSIS / OBD/MOBD / |
||||||||||
M-OBD / OBD MENU |
ECT / RESET MEMORY». |
|||||||||
[Name of system] |
NOTICE: |
|||||||||
1 |
: DATA LIST |
|||||||||
After performing the RESET MEMORY, be |
||||||||||
1 |
: DTC INFO |
|||||||||
3 |
: ACTIVE TEST |
sure to perform the ROAD TEST (See page |
||||||||
4 |
: SNAPSHOT |
|||||||||
6 |
: RESET MEMORY |
AX-12) described previously. |
||||||||
8 |
: CHECK MODE |
|||||||||
9 |
: AT CODE UTILITY |
|||||||||
C133193 |
||||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–31 |
MONITOR DRIVE PATTERN
1.MONITOR DRIVE PATTERN FOR ECT TEST
(a)Perform this drive pattern as one method to simulate the detection conditions of the ECT
malfunctions. (The DTCs may not be detected due
to differences from the actual driving conditions. AX Some codes may not be detected using this drive pattern.)
HINT:
Preparation for driving
•Warm up the engine sufficiently. (Engine coolant temperature should be 60°C (140°F) or higher)
•Drive the vehicle when the atmospheric temperature is -10°C (14°F) or higher.
(Malfunction may not be detected when the atmospheric temperature is less than -10°C (14°F))
Notice on driving
•Drive the vehicle through all gears.
Stop to 1st to 2nd to 3rd to 4th to 5th to 6th (lockup ON).
•Confirm engine braking using the S position. While driving in the 6 (S) position and 6th gear lock-up, shift to the «-» position to down-shift from 6th to 5th, 5th to 4th, 4th to 3rd, 3rd to 2nd, 2nd to 1st.
Check that proper engine braking occurs whenever down-shift takes place.
•Repeat the above driving pattern three times or
more.
NOTICE:
•The monitor status can be checked using the intelligent tester. When using the intelligent tester, monitor status can be found in «OBD/ MOBD / ECT / DATA LIST».
•In the event that the drive pattern must be interrupted (possibly due to traffic conditions or other factors), the drive pattern can be resumed and, in most cases, the monitor can be completed.
•Perform this drive pattern on a road with the fewest hills possible and strictly observe the posted speed limits and traffic laws while driving.
AX–32 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
Vehicle Speed
Maintain a constant speed or gradual acceleration (with the throttle open) for 3 minutes or more.*1 |
|||
AX |
Approx. |
Lock-up ON |
|
62 mph |
|||
Vehicle Speed |
|||
(100 km/h) |
|||
Approx. 50 mph (80 km/h)
0 |
||
Warmed up |
Stop (Idling) |
|
sufficiently |
||
Normal acceleration through all the gears from 1st to 6th
G031593E30
HINT:
*1: Drive the vehicle at a sufficient speed in the uppermost gear, to allow lock-up to engage. The vehicle can be driven at a speed lower than that in the above diagram under the lock-up condition.
NOTICE:
It is necessary to drive the vehicle for approximately 30 minutes to detect DTC P0711 (ATF temperature sensor malfunction).
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–33 |
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE
HINT:
If a normal code is displayed during the diagnostic trouble code check although the problem or symptom still occurs, check the electrical circuits for each symptom in the order
given in the charts on the following pages. Proceed to the AX page given in the chart and perform troubleshooting.
The Matrix Chart is divided into 2 chapters. Chapter 1:
Refer to the table below when the trouble cause is considered to be electrical.
If the instruction «Proceed to next circuit inspection shown on matrix chart» is given in the flow chart of each circuit, proceed to the circuit with the next highest number in the table to continue the check.
If the trouble still occurs even though there are no abnormalities in any of the other circuits, check and replace the TCM.
Chapter 2:
Chapter 2 covers on and off vehicle repair of the transaxle. Contents specified in the table below may not match while fail-safe control is operating.
1. Chapter 1: Electronic Circuit Matrix Chart
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||
No up-shift (1st to 2nd) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-105 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No up-shift (2nd to 3rd) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit *1 |
AX-92 |
||
No up-shift (3rd to 4th) |
2. Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit *1 |
AX-84 |
||
No up-shift (4th to 5th) |
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
|
3. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit |
ES-145 |
||
4. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
||
No up-shift (5th to 6th) |
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-105 |
|
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
||
4. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No down-shift (6th to 5th) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No down-shift (5th to 4th) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit *1 |
AX-84 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit *1 |
AX-92 |
||
No down-shift (4th to 3rd) |
2. Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit *1 |
AX-148 |
||
No down-shift (3rd to 2nd) |
2. Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-105 |
||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
No down-shift (2nd to 1st) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit *1 |
AX-100 |
|
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||
AX–34 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLU) circuit *1 |
AX-136 |
||||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL) circuit |
AX-139 |
||||
No lock-up |
3. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
|||
4. |
Stop light switch circuit *1 |
AX-71 |
||||
AX |
5. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
|||
6. TCM |
IN-40 |
|||||
No lock-up off |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
||||
2. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
||||
Shift point too high or too low |
3. |
Speed sensor NC circuit *1 |
AX-95 |
|||
4. |
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit *1 |
ES-334 |
||||
5. |
ATF temperature sensor circuit *1 |
AX-55 |
||||
6. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Up-shift from 3rd to 4th while engine is cold |
1. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Up-shift from 4th to 5th while engine is cold |
1. |
Engine coolant temp. sensor circuit *1 |
ES-145 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
No gear change by shifting into «+» or «-» while shifting |
1. Transmission control switch circuit |
AX-154 |
||||
the lever |
2. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Harsh engagement (N to D) |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit *1 |
AX-84 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
||||
Harsh engagement (Lock-up) |
2. |
Speed sensor NC circuit *1 |
AX-95 |
|||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLU) circuit *1 |
AX-136 |
||||
4. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit *1 |
ES-334 |
||||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
||||
Harsh engagement (Any driving position) |
3. Speed sensor NC circuit |
AX-95 |
||||
4. |
Speed sensor NT circuit *1 |
AX-66 |
||||
5. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Poor acceleration |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
No engine brake |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
No kick-down |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Engine stalls when starting off or stopping |
1. TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
1. |
Park/neutral position switch circuit *1 |
AX-158 |
||||
Malfunction in shifting |
2. Transmission control switch circuit |
AX-154 |
||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Slip or shudder (5th to 6th and 6th to 5th) |
1. Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit *1 |
AX-128 |
||||
Initial acceleration or subsequent acceleration is |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1) circuit |
AX-84 |
|||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit |
AX-128 |
||||
improper. Vehicle is stuck in a gear (1st to 6th). |
||||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Acceleration is improper when the gear is 4th or |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit |
AX-92 |
|||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit |
AX-128 |
||||
higher. |
||||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Initial acceleration or subsequent acceleration is |
1. Shift solenoid valve (SL2) circuit |
AX-92 |
||||
improper. Vehicle does not shift down (from 4th to 3rd). |
||||||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Vehicle is stuck in a gear (1st to 4th). |
||||||
Acceleration is improper when the gear is 6th. |
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3) circuit |
AX-105 |
|||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–35 |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit |
AX-148 |
||||
Acceleration is improper when the gear is 3rd or 5th. |
2. Shift solenoid valve (SLT) circuit |
AX-128 |
||||
3. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
||||
Initial acceleration or subsequent acceleration is |
1. Shift solenoid valve (SL4) circuit |
AX-148 |
||||
improper. Vehicle does not shift down (from 3rd to |
||||||
2. |
TCM |
IN-40 |
AX |
|||
2nd). No up-shift (5th to 6th). |
||||||
HINT:
*1: When the circuit is defective, a DTC may be output.
2. Chapter 2: On-Vehicle Repair and Off-Vehicle Repair
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||
Vehicle does not move in any forward and reverse |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
positions. |
2. Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
Vehicle does not move in R position. |
2. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (1st to 2nd) |
2. Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (2nd to 3rd) |
2. Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (3rd to 4th) |
2. Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2)*1 |
AX-87 |
||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No up-shift (4th to 5th) |
2. Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
1.Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
No up-shift (5th to 6th) |
2. Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
No down-shift (6th to 5th) |
2. Shift solenid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
1. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1)*1 |
AX-79 |
||
No down-shift (5th to 4th) |
2. Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||
No down-shift (4th to 3rd) |
2. Shift solenid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
1. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||
No down-shift (3rd to 2nd) |
2. Shift solenid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||
3. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No down-shift (2nd to 1st) |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||
No lock-up or No lock-up off |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|
2. |
Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||
AX–36 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
2. |
C1 accumulator |
AX-274 |
||||
Harsh engagement (N to D) |
3. One-way clutch No. 1 (F1) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
AX |
5. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL1)*1 |
AX-79 |
|||
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||||
Harsh engagement (Lock-up) |
2. Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
3. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLU)*1 |
AX-131 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (N to R) |
2. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
Harsh engagement (1 to 2 to 3 to 4 to 5 to 6) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Shift solenoid valve (SLT)*1 |
AX-121 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (1st to 2nd) |
2. |
B1 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (2nd to 3rd) |
2. |
B3 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (3rd to 4th) |
2. |
C2 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL2)*1 |
AX-87 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (4th to 5th) |
2. |
B3 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (5th to 6th) |
2. |
B1 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL3)*1 |
AX-100 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Harsh engagement (6th to 5th) |
2. |
B3 accumulator |
AX-274 |
|||
3. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
4. |
Shift solenoid valve (SL4)*1 |
AX-142 |
||||
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
2. |
Oil strainer |
— |
||||
3. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (Forward and reverse: After warm-up) |
4. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|||
5. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
6. |
One-way clutch No. 1 (F1) |
AX-274 |
||||
7. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
8. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (Particular position: just after engine |
1. Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
starts) |
||||||
Slip or shudder (R position) |
1. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–37 |
|||||
Symptom |
Suspected area |
See page |
||||
Slip or shudder (1 position) |
1. |
One-way clutch No. 1 (F1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (2 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (3 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
AX |
||
2. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (4 position) |
1. |
Clutch No. 1 (C1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (5 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Slip or shudder (6 position) |
1. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (1st position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 2 (B2) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (2nd position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (3rd position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Brake No. 3 (B3) |
AX-274 |
||||
No engine braking (4th position) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
No kick-down |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Shift point too hight or too low |
1. Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
||||
Poor acceleration (All positions) |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
Poor acceleration (6th) |
1. |
Brake No. 1 (B1) |
AX-274 |
|||
2. |
Clutch No. 2 (C2) |
AX-274 |
||||
Engine stalls when starting off or stopping |
1. |
Valve body assembly |
AX-181 |
|||
2. |
Torque converter clutch |
AX-239 |
||||
HINT:
*1: When the circuit is defective, a DTC may be output.
AX–38 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
TERMINALS OF ECU
1. TCM
C56
AX |
7 |
6 |
5 |
4 |
3 |
2 |
1 |
||||||||
9 |
8 |
||||||||||||||
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 |
|||||||||||||||
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 |
18 |
||||||||||||||
C133222E01 |
|||||||||||||||
HINT: |
|||||||||||||||
Each TCM terminal’s standard voltage is shown in the |
|||||||||||||||
table below. |
|||||||||||||||
In the table, first follow the information under «Condition». |
|||||||||||||||
Look under «Symbols (Terminals No.)» for the terminals |
|||||||||||||||
to be inspected. The standard voltage between the |
|||||||||||||||
terminals is shown under «Specified Condition». |
|||||||||||||||
Use the illustration above as a reference for the TCM |
|||||||||||||||
terminals. |
|||||||||||||||
Symbols (Terminals No.) |
Wiring Color |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
|||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
shift lever in R position |
|||||||||||||||
R shift position switch |
|||||||||||||||
R (C56-15) — E1 (C56-8) |
W — B-W |
||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
signal |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 1 V |
||||||||||||||
except R position |
|||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in D or 3 |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
D (C56-16) — E1 (C56-8) |
R — B-W |
D shift position switch |
position |
||||||||||||
signal |
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 1 V |
||||||||||||||
except D and 3 position |
|||||||||||||||
STP (C56-12) — E1 (C56-8) |
B — B-W |
Stop light switch signal |
Brake pedal is depressed |
7.5 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
Brake pedal is released |
Below 1.5 V |
||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in P or N |
Below 2 V |
||||||||||||||
NSW (C56-11) — E1 (C56-8) |
L — B-W |
Park/neutral switch signal |
position |
||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
except P or N position |
|||||||||||||||
Cranking (shift lever |
|||||||||||||||
position in P or N position, |
10 to 14 V |
||||||||||||||
STA (C56-10) — E1 (C56-8) |
Y — B-W |
Starter signal |
ignition switch START) |
||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
|||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 2 V |
||||||||||||||
except P or N position |
|||||||||||||||
SPD1 (C56-3) — E1 (C56-8) |
BR — B-W |
Speed signal from |
Vehicle speed 12 mph (20 |
Pulse generation |
|||||||||||
combination meter |
km/h) |
(See waveform 1) |
|||||||||||||
Battery (for measuring |
|||||||||||||||
BATT (C56-1) — E1 (C56-8) |
W-L — B-W |
battery voltage and for |
Always |
9 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
TCM memory) |
|||||||||||||||
IG2 (C56-13) — E1 (C56-8) |
L-B — B-W |
Ignition switch |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
9 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
+B (C56-18) — E1 (C56-8) |
W-L — B-W |
Power source of TCM |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
9 to 14 V |
|||||||||||
CAN+ (C56-6) — E1 (C56-8) |
B — B-W |
CAN communication line |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
Pulse generation |
|||||||||||
(See waveform 2) |
|||||||||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–39 |
|||||||||||
Symbols (Terminals No.) |
Wiring Color |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
||||||||
CAN- (C56-7) — E1 (C56-8) |
Y — B-W |
CAN communication line |
Ignition switch ON (IG) |
Pulse generation |
||||||||
(See waveform 3) |
||||||||||||
(a) Waveform 1 |
||||||||||||
5 V/DIV. |
Reference: |
|||||||||||
Terminal |
SPD1 — E1 |
AX |
||||||||||
Tool setting |
2 V/DIV., 20 ms./DIV. |
|||||||||||
Vehicle condition |
Vehicle speed 12 mph (20 km/h) |
|||||||||||
GND |
||||||||||||
20 ms./DIV.
G034872E02
(b)Waveform 2
Reference:
1 V/DIV |
Terminal |
CAN+ — E1 |
Tool setting |
1 V/DIV., 10 ms./DIV. |
|
Vehicle condition |
Engine is stopped, ignition ON (IG) |
|
GND |
||
10 ms./DIV
G036660E06
1 V/DIV
GND
10 ms./DIV
G036661E05
(c) Waveform 3
Reference:
Terminal |
CAN- — E1 |
Tool setting |
1 V/DIV., 10 ms./DIV. |
Vehicle condition |
Engine is stopped, ignition ON (IG) |
2. ECM
HINT:
Each ECM terminal’s standard voltage is shown in the table below.
In the table, first follow the information under «Condition». Look under «Symbols (Terminals No.)» for the terminals to be inspected. The standard voltage between the terminals is shown under «Specified Condition».
Use the illustration below as a reference for the ECM terminals.
AX–40 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ECM: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
C55 |
A55 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
AX |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A107881E27 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Symbols (Terminals No.) |
Wiring Color |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
S shift position switch |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
S (A55-25) — E1 (C55-81) |
Y — W-B |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
signal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in any position |
Below 1 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
except S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SFTU (A55-16) — E1 (C55-81) |
R — W-B |
Up shift switch signal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in «+» position |
Below 1 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Up shift) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
10 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in S position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SFTD (A55-51) — E1 (C55-81) |
L — W-B |
Down shift switch signal |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
IG switch ON (IG) and |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
shift lever in «-» position |
Below 1 V |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Down shift) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–41 |
FI00534E01
Intelligent Tester |
DLC3 |
CAN VIM |
C131977E05 |
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
1.DESCRIPTION
(a)When troubleshooting On-Board Diagnostic (OBD II) vehicles, the vehicle must be connected to the
OBD II scan tool (complying with SAE J1987).
Various data output from the vehicle’s TCM can be AX read then.
(b)OBD II regulations require that the vehicle’s onboard computer illuminate the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel when the computer detects a malfunction in:
(1)The emission control system/components
(2)The power train control components (which affect vehicle emissions)
(3)The computer
In addition, the applicable Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) prescribed by SAE J2012 are recorded in the TCM memory.
If the malfunction does not reoccur in 3 consecutive trips, the MIL turns off automatically but the DTCs remain recorded in the TCM memory.
(c)To check DTCs, connect the intelligent tester to the Data Link Connector 3 (DLC3) of the vehicle. The intelligent tester displays DTCs, the freeze frame data and a variety of the engine data.
The DTCs and freeze frame data can be erased with the intelligent tester (See page AX-38).
2.NORMAL MODE AND CHECK MODE
(a)The diagnosis system operates in «normal mode» during normal vehicle use. In normal mode, «2 trip detection logic» is used to ensure accurate detection of malfunctions. «Check mode» is also available to technicians as an option. In check mode, «1 trip detection logic» is used for simulating malfunction symptoms and increasing the system’s ability to detect malfunctions, including intermittent malfunctions.
3.2 TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
(a)When a malfunction is first detected, the malfunction is temporarily stored in the TCM memory (1st trip). If the ignition switch is turned off and then on (IG) again, and the same malfunction is detected again, the MIL will illuminate.
4.FREEZE FRAME DATA
(a)The TCM records vehicle and driving condition information as freeze frame data the moment a DTC is stored. When troubleshooting, freeze frame data can be helpful in determining whether the vehicle was running or stopped, whether the engine was warmed up or not, whether the air/fuel ratio was lean or rich, as well as other data recorded at the time of a malfunction.
AX–42 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
DTC set point
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
AX
:Freeze frame data recorded point
A092901E07
(b)The intelligent tester displays freeze frame data recorded at five different points: 1) 3 points before the DTC is set, 2) once when the DTC is set, and 3) once after the DTC is set. The data can be used to simulate the vehicle’s condition around the time of the malfunction. The data may be helpful in determining the cause of a malfunction. It may also be helpful in determining whether a DTC is being caused by a temporary malfunction.
5.DLC3 (Data Link Connector 3)
(a)The vehicle’s TCM uses the ISO 15765-4 for
CG |
SG CANH |
communication protocol. The terminal arrangement |
||||||||||||||
of the DLC3 complies with SAE J1962 and matches |
||||||||||||||||
the ISO 15765-4 format. |
||||||||||||||||
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
6 |
7 |
8 |
HINT: |
||||||||
9 10 111213141516 |
Connect the cable of the intelligent tester to the |
|||||||||||||||
DLC3, turn the ignition switch on (IG) and attempt to |
||||||||||||||||
use the intelligent tester. If the screen displays a |
||||||||||||||||
CANL BAT |
communication error message, a problem exists in |
|||||||||||||||
A082779E65 |
||||||||||||||||
the vehicle side or the tester side. |
||||||||||||||||
If the communication is normal when the tester is |
||||||||||||||||
connected to another vehicle, inspect the DLC3 on |
||||||||||||||||
the original vehicle. |
||||||||||||||||
If the communication is still impossible when the |
||||||||||||||||
tester is connected to another vehicle, the problem |
||||||||||||||||
is probably in the tester itself. Consult the Service |
||||||||||||||||
Department listed in the tester’s instruction manual. |
||||||||||||||||
Symbols (Terminal No.) |
Terminal Description |
Condition |
Specified Condition |
|||||||||||||
CG (4) — Body ground |
Chassis ground |
Always |
Below 1 Ω |
|||||||||||||
SG (5) — Body ground |
Signal ground |
Always |
Below 1 Ω |
|||||||||||||
BAT (16) — Body ground |
Battery positive |
Always |
11 to 14 V |
|||||||||||||
CANH (6) — CANL (14) |
HIGH-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
54 to 69 Ω |
|||||||||||||
CANH (6) — CG (4) |
HIGH-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
200 kΩ or higher |
|||||||||||||
CANL (14) — CG (4) |
LOW-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
200 kΩ or higher |
|||||||||||||
CANH (6) — BAT (16) |
HIGH-level CAN bus line |
Ignition switch OFF* |
6 kΩ or higher |
|||||||||||||
NOTICE:
*: Before measuring the resistance, leave the vehicle as is for at least 1 minute and do not operate the ignition switch, any other switches or the doors.
6.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE Battery voltage:
11 to 14 V
(a)If the voltage is below 11 V, replace or recharge the battery before proceeding.
7.CHECK MIL
(a)Check that the MIL illuminates when turning the ignition switch on (IG).
If the MIL does not illuminate, there is a problem in the MIL circuit (See page ES-471).
(b)When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–43 |
Intelligent Tester |
DTC CHECK / CLEAR |
||
1. |
CHECK DTC |
||
(a) DTCs which are stored in the TCM can be displayed |
|||
with the intelligent tester. |
|||
These scan tools can display pending DTCs and |
AX |
||
current DTCs. Some DTCs are not stored if the |
|||
TCM doesn’t detect a malfunction during |
|||
consecutive driving. However, the malfunction |
|||
detected while a driving is stored as a pending DTC. |
|||
(1) Connect the intelligent tester to the Controller |
|||
Area Network Vehicle Interface Module (CAN |
|||
VIM). Then connect the CAN VIM to the Data |
|||
DLC3 |
Link Connector 3 (DLC3). |
||
CAN VIM |
(2) Turn the ignition switch on (IG). |
||
C131977E05 |
(3) Enter the following menus: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ |
||
MOBD / ECT / DTC INFO / CURRENT CODES |
|||
(or PENDING CODE). |
(4)Confirm the DTCs and freeze frame data and then write them down.
(5)Confirm the details of the DTCs (See page AX46).
NOTICE:
When a symptom has been duplicated using normal mode, use the intelligent tester to check for DTCs. For DTCs that are subject to «2-trip detection logic», perform the following steps:
Turn the ignition switch OFF after the symptom has occurred once. Repeat the process of attempting to duplicate the symptom. When the problem or symptom happens for the second time and a DTC has been recorded, the MIL will illuminate, and the code will be stored.
2.CLEAR DTC
(a)Connect the intelligent tester to the CAN VIM. Then connect the CAN VIM to the DLC3.
(b)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(c)Enter the following menus: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ MOBD / ECT / DTC INFO / CLEAR CODES and press YES.
AX–44 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX
CHECK MODE PROCEDURE
1.DESCRIPTION
(a)Check mode has a higher sensitivity to malfunctions and can detect malfunctions that normal mode cannot detect. Check mode can also detect all the malfunctions that normal mode can detect. In check mode, DTCs are detected with 1-trip detection logic.
2. |
CHECK MODE PROCEDURE |
|
Intelligent Tester |
(a) Make sure that the items below are satisfied: |
|
(1) |
Battery positive voltage is 11 V or more |
|
(2) |
Throttle valve is fully closed |
|
(3) |
Transaxle is in the P or N position |
|
(4) |
A/C is switched OFF |
|
(b) Turn the ignition switch off. |
||
(c) Connect the intelligent tester together with the |
||
Controller Area Network Vehicle Interface Module |
||
(CAN VIM) to the DLC3. |
||
(d) Turn the ignition switch on (IG). |
||
(e) Enter the following menus: DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ |
||
DLC3 |
MOBD / ECT / CHECK MODE. |
|
CAN VIM |
||
C131977E05 |
(f)Change the TCM to check mode. Make sure that the MIL flashes as shown in the illustration.
NOTICE:
All DTCs and freeze frame data recorded will be erased if: 1) the intelligent tester is used to change the TCM from normal mode to check mode or vice-versa; or 2) during check mode, the ignition switch is turned from on (IG) to on (ACC) or off.
Before entering check mode, make notes of any DTCs and freeze frame data that are present.
(g)Start the engine. The MIL should turn off after the engine starts.
(h)Perform «MONITOR DRIVE PATTERN» for the ECT test (See page AX-27).
(Or, duplicate the conditions of the malfunction described by the customer).
(i)After duplicating the malfunction conditions, use the intelligent tester diagnosis selector to check the DTC and freeze frame data.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–45 |
FAIL-SAFE CHART
1. Fail-safe
This function minimizes the loss of operation when any abnormality occurs in a sensor or solenoid.
Fail-safe Control List
AX |
|||
Malfunction Part |
Function |
||
Input Turbine Speed Sensor |
Shifting to only either the 1st or 3rd gears is allowed. |
||
• The counter gear speed is determined based on the signals from the skid control ECU (speed |
|||
Counter Gear Speed Sensor |
sensor signals). |
||
• Shifting between 1st to 4th gears is allowed. |
|||
ATF Temp. Sensor |
Shifting between 1st to 4th gears is allowed. |
||
ECT ECU |
When the vehicle is being driven in 6th gear, the transaxle is fixed in 6th gear. When being driven in |
||
Power Supply (Voltage is Low) |
any of the 1st to 5th gears, the transaxle is fixed in 5th gear. |
||
CAN communication |
Shifting to only either 1st or 3rd gears is allowed. |
||
Knock Sensor |
Shifting between 1st to 4th gears is allowed. |
||
The current to the failed solenoid valve is cut off and operating the other solenoid valves with |
|||
Solenoid Valve SL1, SL2, SL3 and SL4 |
normal operation performs shift control. (Shift controls in fail-safe mode are described in the table |
||
on the next page. For details, refer to Fail-Safe Control Chart) |
|||
Solenoid Valve Operation when Normal:
Gear Position |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
SL1 |
ON |
ON |
ON |
ON |
OFF |
OFF |
||
Solenoid |
SL2 |
OFF |
OFF |
OFF |
ON |
ON |
ON |
|
SL3 |
OFF |
ON |
OFF |
OFF |
OFF |
ON |
||
SL4 |
OFF |
OFF |
ON |
OFF |
ON |
OFF |
||
Fail-safe Control Chart:
Gear Position in Normal Operation |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) *1 |
||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st to N |
2nd to N |
3rd to N |
4th to N |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) |
||||||||
SL1 |
||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
Fixed in 3rd or 5th |
|||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 3rd or 5th |
|||||||
Malfunctions) |
||||||||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st to 4th |
2nd to 4th |
3rd to 4th |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) *1 |
||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th to 1st |
5th to N |
6th to N |
||
Control) |
||||||||
SL2 |
||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF malfunction |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
3rd |
3rd |
3rd |
||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 2nd or 3rd |
|||||||
Malfunctions) |
||||||||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st to 2nd |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
||
Control) *1 |
||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd to 1st |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th to N |
||
Control) |
||||||||
SL3 |
||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF malfunction |
1st |
3rd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
5th |
||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 3rd |
|||||||
Malfunctions) |
||||||||
AX–46 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
||||||||
Gear Position in Normal Operation |
1st |
2nd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
6th |
|||
ON Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
3rd |
3rd |
3rd |
4th |
5th |
5th |
|||
Control)*1 |
|||||||||
OFF Malfunction (without Fail-safe |
1st |
2nd |
3rd to 1st |
4th |
5th to N |
6th |
|||
Control) |
|||||||||
SL4 |
|||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF malfunction |
1st *2 |
2nd *2 |
4th*2 |
4th*2 |
6th |
6th |
|||
AX |
|||||||||
Fail-safe Control during OFF Malfunction |
|||||||||
(ATF Pressure Switches 1 and 2 |
Fixed in 2nd |
||||||||
Malfunctions) |
|||||||||
*1: Fail-safe control is not actuated when the ON malfunction occurs.
*2: Shifting to 5th and 6th gears is prohibited.
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–47 |
DATA LIST / ACTIVE TEST
1.DATA LIST
HINT:
Using the DATA LIST using the intelligent tester allows
switch, sensor, actuator and other item values to be read without removing any parts. Reading the DATA LIST AX early in troubleshooting is one way to save labor time.
NOTICE:
In the table below, the values listed under «Normal Condition» are reference values. Do not depend solely on these reference values when deciding whether a part is faulty.
(a)Warm up the engine.
(b)Turn the ignition switch off.
(c)Connect the intelligent tester together with the CAN VIM (Controller Area Network Vehicle Interface Module) to the DLC3.
(d)Turn the ignition switch on (IG).
(e)Turn the tester on.
(f)Enter the following menus: «DIAGNOSIS / OBD/ MOBD / ECT / DATA LIST».
(g)According to the display on the tester, read «DATA LIST».
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
||
Range (display) |
|||||
Calculated load by ECM: |
• 15.0 to 35.0%: Idling |
||||
CALC LOAD |
• 10.0 to 30.0%: Running |
— |
|||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
|||||
without load (2,000 rpm) |
|||||
ENGINE SPD |
Engine speed: |
550 to 800 rpm: Idling |
— |
||
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 16,383.75 rpm |
|||||
VEHICLE SPD |
Vehicle speed: |
Actual vehicle load |
— |
||
Min.: 0 km/h, Max.: 255 km/h |
|||||
Engine coolant temperature: |
• If value -40°C (-40°F): sensor |
||||
80 to 105°C (176 to 221°F): After |
circuit open |
||||
COOLANT TEMP |
Min.: -40°C (419°F), Max.: 140°C |
||||
warming up |
• If value 140°C (284°F): |
||||
(258°F) |
|||||
sensor circuit shorted |
|||||
THROTTLE POS |
Throttle position: |
10 to 22%: Idling |
Calculated value based on VTA1 |
||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
|||||
• |
0%: Accelerator pedal |
Recognition valve for throttle |
|||
THROTTLE POS |
Throttle position: |
released |
|||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
• 64 to 96%: Accelerator pedal |
opening angle on ECM |
|||
fully depressed |
|||||
SPD (NC) |
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 12750 rpm |
— |
— |
||
HINT: |
|||||
• Lock-up ON (After warming |
|||||
up the engine): |
|||||
Input turbine speed (NT) |
|||||
SPD (NT) |
Input turbine speed/ |
equal to the engine speed. |
— |
||
display: 50 r/min |
• Lock-up OFF (Idling at N |
||||
position): |
|||||
Input turbine speed (NT) |
|||||
nearly equal to the engine |
|||||
speed. |
|||||
CTP SW |
Closed throttle position switch: |
• ON: Throttle fully closed |
— |
||
ON or OFF |
• |
OFF: Throttle open |
|||
AX–48 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
|||
Range (display) |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
PNP SW [NSW] |
P and N: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
AX |
ON or OFF |
|||||
Except P and N: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-165. |
||||||
Stop light switch status/ |
• Brake pedal is depressed: |
|||||
STOP LIGHT SW |
ON |
— |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
• Brake pedal is released: OFF |
||||||
BATTERY VOLTAGE |
Battery voltage: |
9 to 14 V: Idling |
— |
|||
Min.: 0, Max.: 65.535 V |
||||||
TC/TE1 |
TC and TE1 terminals of DLC3: |
— |
Active Test support data |
|||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Fuel cut idle: |
FC IDL= «ON» when throttle valve |
|||||
FC IDL |
ON: Fuel cut operating |
fully closed and engine speed |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
over 2,800 rpm |
||||||
Fuel cut being performed under |
||||||
FC TAU |
Fuel cut TAU (Fuel cut during |
ON: Fuel cut operating |
very light load to prevent engine |
|||
very light load): |
combustion from becoming |
|||||
incomplete |
||||||
Shift lever position is; |
||||||
ECM gear shift command/ |
• D: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or |
— |
||||
SHIFT |
6th |
|||||
1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th |
||||||
• S: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th or |
||||||
6th |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
REVERSE |
R: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except R: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
PARKING |
P: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except P: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
NEUTRAL |
N: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except N: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
When the shift lever position |
||||||
displayed on the intelligent tester |
||||||
differs from the actual position, |
||||||
PNP switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
adjustment of the PNP switch or |
||||
DRIVE |
D and S: ON |
the shift cable may be incorrect. |
||||
ON or OFF |
||||||
Except D and S: OFF |
HINT: |
|||||
When the failure still occurs even |
||||||
after adjusting these parts, see |
||||||
page AX-158 |
||||||
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
AX–49 |
|||||||||
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
|||||||
Range (display) |
||||||||||
Sport shift up switch status/ |
• Press continuously «+» (Up |
|||||||||
SPORTS UP SW |
shift): ON |
— |
||||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
• Release «+» (Up shift): OFF |
||||||||||
Sport shift down switch status/ |
• |
Press continuously «-» (Down |
||||||||
SPORTS DOWN SW |
shift): ON |
— |
AX |
|||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
• |
Release «-» (Down shift): OFF |
|||||||||
Sport mode select switch status/ |
Shift lever position is; |
|||||||||
MODE SELECT SW |
S, «+» and «-«: ON |
— |
||||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
Except S, «+» and «-«: OFF |
||||||||||
Gear position 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th: |
||||||||||
TPS 1 SW |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
ON |
— |
|||||||
Gear position 5th or 6th: OFF |
||||||||||
Gear position 4th, 5th or 6th: ON |
||||||||||
TPS 2 SW |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
Gear position 1st, 2nd or 3rd: |
— |
|||||||
OFF |
||||||||||
Shift solenoid valve SLU is ON: |
||||||||||
TPS 3 SW |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
ON |
— |
|||||||
Shift solenoid valve SLU is OFF: |
||||||||||
OFF |
||||||||||
ATF temp. sensor value/ |
• |
After stall test; |
If the value is «-40°C (-40°F)» or |
|||||||
Approx. 80°C (176°F) |
||||||||||
A/T OIL TEMP 1 |
min.: -40°C (-40°F) |
«215°C (419°F)», ATF temp. |
||||||||
• Equal to ambient temperature |
||||||||||
max.: 215°C (419°F) |
sensor circuit is open or shorted. |
|||||||||
when cold soak |
||||||||||
NT SENS VOL |
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 5 V |
0.1 to 1.9 V |
— |
|||||||
NC SENS VOL |
Min.: 0 V, Max.: 5 V |
0.1 to 1.9 V |
— |
|||||||
ATF |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
— |
||||||||
LOCK UP |
0: OFF / 1: ON |
Lock up: ON |
— |
|||||||
LOCK UP SOL |
Lock up solenoid status/ |
• |
Lock up: ON |
— |
||||||
ON or OFF |
• Except lock up: OFF |
|||||||||
SOLENOID (SLU) |
Shift Solenoid SLU Status/ |
• |
Lock up: ON |
— |
||||||
ON or OFF |
• Except lock up: OFF |
|||||||||
• |
Accelerator pedal is |
|||||||||
SOLENOID (SLT) |
Shift solenoid SLT status/ |
depressed: OFF |
— |
|||||||
ON or OFF |
• Accelerator pedal is released: |
|||||||||
ON |
||||||||||
ENGINE SPD |
Engine speed: |
550 to 800 rpm: Idling |
— |
|||||||
Min.: 0 rpm, Max.: 16,383.75 rpm |
||||||||||
Intake air temperature |
• |
If value -40°C(-40°F): sensor |
||||||||
Equivalent to ambient air |
circuit open |
|||||||||
INTAKE AIR TEMP |
Min.: -40°C (-40°F), Max.: 140°C |
|||||||||
temperature |
• If value 140°C(284°F): sensor |
|||||||||
(258°F) |
||||||||||
circuit shorted |
||||||||||
Engine coolant temperature |
• |
If value -40°C (-40°F): sensor |
||||||||
80 to 105°C (176 to 221°F): After |
circuit open |
|||||||||
COOLANT TEMP |
Min.: -40°C (-40°F), Max.: 215°C |
|||||||||
warming up |
• If value 140°C (284°F): |
|||||||||
(419°F) |
||||||||||
sensor circuit shorted |
||||||||||
• |
Accelerator pedal released: |
Recognition value for throttle |
||||||||
THROTTLE POS |
Throttle sensor position: |
0% |
||||||||
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
• |
Accelerator pedal fully |
opening angle on ECM |
|||||||
depressed: 64 to 96% |
||||||||||
Whether throttle position sensor |
||||||||||
THROTTLE POS |
detecting idle: |
ON: Idling |
— |
|||||||
ON or OFF |
||||||||||
ACCEL POS |
Min.: 0%, Max.: 100% |
— |
||||||||
#CODES |
# of Codes: |
— |
Number of detected DTCs |
|||||||
Min.: 0, Max.: 255 |
||||||||||
CHECK MODE |
Check mode: |
ON: Check mode ON |
— |
|||||||
0: OFF, 1: ON |
||||||||||
AX–50 |
U660E AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE – AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYSTEM |
|||||
Item |
Measurement Item/ |
Normal Condition |
Diagnostic Note |
|||
Range (display) |
||||||
Check mode result for vehicle |
||||||
SPD TEST |
speed sensor: |
— |
— |
|||
0: COMPL, 1: INCMPL |
||||||
MIL |
MIL status: |
ON: MIL ON |
— |
|||
AX |
ON or OFF |
|||||
MIL ON run distance: |
||||||
MIL ON RUN DIST |
Min.: 0 mile (65,535 km), |
Distance after DTC detected |
— |
|||
Max.: 110,950 mile (65,535 km) |
||||||
Running time from MIL ON: |
Equivalent to running time after |
— |
||||
MIL ON RUN TIME |
Min.: 0 minute, |
|||||
MIL ON |
||||||
Max.:65,535 minutes |
||||||
Engine run time: |
||||||
ENG RUN TIME |
Min.: 0 second, |
Time after engine start |
— |
|||
Max.: 65,535 seconds |
||||||
Time after DTC cleared: |
Equivalent to time after DTCs |
— |
||||
TIME DTC CLEAR |
Min.: 0 minute, |
|||||
erased |
||||||
Max.: 65,535 minutes |
||||||
Distance after DTC cleared: |
Equivalent to time after DTCs |
— |
||||
DIST DTC CLEAR |
Min.: 0 km/h, |
|||||
erased |
||||||
Max.: 65,535 km/h |
||||||
Warm-up cycle after DTC |
Number of warm-up cycles after |
|||||
WU CYC DTC CLEAR |
cleared: |
— |
||||
DTC cleared |
||||||
Min.: 0, Max.: 255 |
||||||
OBD CERT |
OBD requirement |
OBD2 |
— |
|||
Comprehensive component |
Comprehensive Component |
|||||
COMP ON |
monitor |
— |
||||
Monitor |
||||||
0: NOT AVL, 1: AVAIL |
||||||
Comprehensive component |
||||||
CCM ENA |
monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
Comprehensive component |
||||||
CCM CMPL |
monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
FUEL ENA |
Fuel system monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
FUEL CMPL |
Fuel system monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
MISFIRE ENA |
Misfire monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
MISFIRE CMPL |
Misfire monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
HTR ENA |
O2S (A/FS) heater monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
HTR CMPL |
O2S (A/FS) heater monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
O2S(A/FS) ENA |
O2S (A/FS) monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
O2S(A/FS) CMPL |
O2S (A/FS) monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
EVAP ENA |
EVAP monitor |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
EVAP CMPL |
EVAP monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
CAT ENA |
Catalyst monitor: |
— |
— |
|||
UNABLE or ENABLE |
||||||
CAT CMPL |
Catalyst monitor |
— |
— |
|||
COMPL or INCMPL |
||||||
Наш интернет-магазин в различных местах используют куки. Они делают работу с
сайтом более удобной, эффективной и безопасной.Информация о сборе данных
- Главная
- Трансмиссии
- U660E, U661E
- Gear Train
522
ПОДШИПНИК
Тех. описание:U660E/U661E/U760E/U761E
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 61мм, Наружный диаметр: 79мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 4,1мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
38
СОЛНЕЧНАЯ ШЕСТЕРНЯ
Тех. описание:U660E REAR
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
5917
ПОДШИПНИК
Тех. описание:U660E
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 28мм, Наружный диаметр: 47мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 4,8мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
1445
ОБОЙМА ПОДШИПНИКА
Тех. описание:U660E/U881E
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 26мм, Наружный диаметр: 44мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
740
ПОРШЕНЬ
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
3140
РЕТЕЙНЕР
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
5914
ПОДШИПНИК
Тех. описание:U660E
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 56мм, Наружный диаметр: 81мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 7,6мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал: МЕТАЛЛ
9349
ПОДШИПНИК
Тех. описание:U660E КОРПУС СЦЕПЛЕНИЯ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 49мм, Наружный диаметр: 71мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3,8мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
8873
СТОПОРНОЕ КОЛЬЦО
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
5685
ОБОЙМА ПОДШИПНИКА
Тех. описание:U660E КОРПУС СЦЕПЛЕНИЯ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 52мм, Наружный диаметр: 70мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3,9мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
251
ОБГОННАЯ МУФТА
Тех. описание:U660E
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
134
СТАЛЬНОЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/1-2-3-4/FORWARD
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 144мм, Наружный диаметр: 167мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 1,8мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
СТАЛЬНОЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C2/4-5-6/DIRECT
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 144мм, Наружный диаметр: 167мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 2,15мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
74
КОРОНЧАТАЯ ШЕСТЕРНЯ
Тех. описание:U660E
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
КОРОНЧАТАЯ ШЕСТЕРНЯ
Тех. описание:U660E
Тип состояния: Б/У, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
853
ПОРШЕНЬ
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 67мм, Наружный диаметр: 179мм, Высота: 16мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
ПОРШЕНЬ
Тех. описание:U660E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
22
БАРАБАН В СБОРЕ
Тех. описание:U660E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
ПОРШЕНЬ
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 123,4мм, Наружный диаметр: 144,6мм, Высота: 7,5мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
БАРАБАН В СБОРЕ
Тех. описание:U660E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: Б/У, Внутренний диаметр: мм, Наружный диаметр: мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: , Материал:
319
ФРИКЦИОННЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/1-2-3-4/FORWARD U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C2/4-5-6/DIRECT
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 143мм, Наружный диаметр: 166мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 1,8мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
ФРИКЦИОННЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/1-2-3-4/FORWARD U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C2/4-5-6/DIRECT
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 136мм, Наружный диаметр: 166мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 1,8мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
ФРИКЦИОННЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/1-2-3-4/FORWARD U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C2/4-5-6/DIRECT
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 143мм, Наружный диаметр: 166мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 1,8мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
ФРИКЦИОННЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/1-2-3-4/FORWARD U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C2/4-5-6/DIRECT
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 143мм, Наружный диаметр: 166мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 1,8мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
15
223
ОПОРНЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 144мм, Наружный диаметр: 167мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3,1мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
ОПОРНЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 144мм, Наружный диаметр: 167мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3,5мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
ОПОРНЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 144мм, Наружный диаметр: 167мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
ОПОРНЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 144мм, Наружный диаметр: 167мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3,3мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал:
ОПОРНЫЙ ДИСК
Тех. описание:U660E/U760E СЦЕПЛЕНИЕ C1/C2
Тип состояния: НОВЫЙ, Внутренний диаметр: 144мм, Наружный диаметр: 167мм, Высота: мм, Толщина: 3,2мм, Ширина: мм, Количество зубъев: 40, Материал: